REPORT € OF THE SECRETARY | OF THE SMITHSONIAN | _ INSTITUTION | AND | FINANCIAL REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF a 1947 che SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | WASHINGTON, D.C. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION AND FINANCIAL REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30 1947 (Publication 3911) UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1948 For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S$. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. Price 75 cents yea pee! CONTENTS Page PisirOmOnIClal say: 28 Osa Es baht ae Soe ee er a ST Ne Vv MERE SEAOLSHMICIG 5 92 Sa ten Nyy aa ale EE es CY ae a 2 PebeEbOATOrOl Necemtsm tak one See ae ew eee rg 2 PANS PROD TVET OM St te ekg Sal np a et RR AN SN a 5 Siaicasomian: Centenmial ae ier Camby iM iain 8 a Sa ee 6 1 DPT CFE) a SA RAO ee) PN Ree US SSO CE OT COs eR ae A 6 Trust Funds’ employees included under Federal Retirement System____-__ 7 WASTE OES os IE SRG Ie Lg a Pe cs Se Pale a 5 OU 2 8 EBhoiperaphic! Waboratanye Ss seusenes wok Melee ee ee 8 Bunidanesrandiequipmentm sr ieee A ee ee a ee Se 9 Appendix 1. Report on the United States National Massum Sift Se Ree) 11 2. Report on the National Gallery of Art_._________________- 24 3. Report on the National Collection of Fine Arts___________- 38 4. Report on the Freer Gallery of Artw2........_......__.___ 45 5. Report on the Bureau of American Ethnology_____________ 53 6. Report on the International Exchange Service_____________ 83 7. Report on the National Zoological Park___._..____________- 90 8. Report on the Astrophysical Observatory__._.____________ 118 9. Report on the National Air Museum_____________________ 124 10. Report on the Canal Zone Biological Area____.____________ 126 Lieoreportjonsthe libraryse= ee) a EL 152 2a rueport-on publications? 4.58 26 p's a ee eae a 156 Report of the executive committee of the Board of Regents_____________ 162 behets si Malee ach Rae ie he Nn Tee: MTs an THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION June 30, 1947 Presiding Officer ex officio.Harry S. TRUMAN, President of the United States. Chancellor.—F rrp M. VINSON, Chief Justice of the United States. Members of the Institution: Harry S. TRuMAN, President of the United States. Vice President of the United States. Frep M. Vinson, Chief Justice of the United States. GrorcE C. MarsHatLt, Secretary of State. JOHN W. SNyYveER, Secretary of the Treasury. Rospert P. PAtrerRson, Secretary of War. Tom C. CLARK, Attorney General. Rospert EH. HANNEGAN, Postmaster General. JAMES FORRESTAL, Secretary of the Navy. Jutius A. Krue, Secretary of the Interior. CLINTON P. ANDERSON, Secretary of Agriculture. WILLIAM AVERELL HARRIMAN, Secretary of Commerce. Lewis B. SCHWELLENBACH, Secretary of Labor. Regents of the Institution: Frep M. VINSON, Chief Justice of the United States, Chancellor. —-— Vice President of the United States. ALBEN W. BARKLEY, Member of the Senate. WALLACE H. WHITE, Jr., Member of the Senate. Wattee I’, George, Member of the Senate. CLARENCE CANNON, Member of the House of Representatives. SamMurL K. McConne tt, Jr., Member of the House of Representatives. JOHN M. Vorys, Member of the House of Representatives. FRrEepERICc A. DELANO, citizen of Washington, D. C. Harvey N. Davis, citizen of New Jersey. ARTHUR H. Compton, citizen of Missouri. VANNEVAR BusH, citizen of Washington, D. C. FREDERIC C. WALCOTT, citizen of Connecticut. Hxecutive Committee.—FREDERIC A. DELANO, VANNEVAR BUSH, CLARENCE CANNON. Secretary.— ALEXANDER WETMORE. Assistant Secretary. JOHN EH. GRAF. Assistant Secretary.—J. L. KEppy. Administrative assistant to the Secretary.—Harry W. DorseY. Treasurer.—NicHoLas W. DoRSEY. Chief, editorial division WEBSTER P. TRUE. Librarian.—Leta F. CLARK. Administrative accountant.—THoMAS F. CLARK. Personnel officer.—B. T. CARWITHEN. Chief, publications division —lL. E. COMMERFORD. Purchasing officer —ANTHONY W. WILDING. ° V1 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Director.—ALEXANDER WETMORE. SCIENTIFIC STAFF DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY : Frank M. Setzler, head curator; A. J. Andrews, chief preparator. Division of Archeology: Neil M. Judd, curator; Waldo R. Wedel, associate curator; J. R. Caldwell, scientific aid; J. Townsend Russell, honorary assistant curator of Old World archeology. Division of Ethnology: H. W. Krieger, curator; J. C. Ewers, associate cura- tor; R. A. Elder, Jr., assistant curator; Arthur P. Rice, collaborator. Division of Physical Anthropology: T. Dale Stewart, curator; M. T. New- man, associate curator. ; Collaborators in anthropology: George Grant MacCurdy, W. W. Tay- lor, Jr. DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY: Waldo L. Schmitt, head curator; W. L. Brown, chief taxidermist; Aime M. Awl, illustrator. Division of Mammals: Remington Kellogg, curator; D. H. Johnson, asso-— ciate curator; A. Brazier Howell, collaborator; Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., as- sociate. Division of Birds: Herbert Friedmann, curator; H. G. Deignan, associate curator; Alexander Wetmore, custodian of alcoholic and skeleton collec- tions; Arthur C. Bent, collaborator. Division of Reptiles and Batrachians: Doris M. Cochran, associate curator. Division of Fishes: Leonard P. Schultz, curator; R. R. Miller, associate curator; D. S. Erdman, scientific aid. Division of Insects: L. O. Howard, honorary curator; Edward A. Chapin, curator; R. EK. Blackwelder, associate curator; W. EH. Hoffmann, asso- ciate curator; W. L. Jellison, collaborator. Section of Hymenoptera: S. A. Rohwer, custodian; W. M. Mann, assist- ant custodian ; Robert A. Cushman, assistant custodian. Section of Myriapoda: O. F. Cook, custodian. Section of Diptera: Charles T. Greene, assistant custodian. Section of Coleoptera: L. L. Buchanan, specialist for Casey collection. Section of Lepidoptera: J. T. Barnes, collaborator. Section of Forest Tree Beetles: A. D. Hopkins, custodian. Division of Marine Invertebrates: F. A. Chace, Jr., curator; P. L. Ilg, asso- ciate curator; Frederick M. Bayer, assistant curator; Mrs. Harriet Rich- ardson Searle, collaborator; Max M. Ellis, collaborator; J. Percy Moore, collaborator; Joseph A. Cushman, collaborator in Foraminifera; Mrs. M. S. Wilson, collaborator in copepod Crustacea. Division of Mollusks: Harald A. Rehder, curator; Joseph P. EH. Morrison, associate curator; R. Tucker Abbott, assistant curator; P. Bartsch, associate. Section of Helminthological Collections: Benjamin Schwartz collabo- rator. Division of Echinoderms: Austin H. Clark, curator. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY vii DEPARTMENT OF BioLogy—Continued Division of Plants (National Herbarium): H. P. Killip, curator; Emery C. Leonard, associate curator; Conrad V. Morton, associate curator; Egbert H. Waiker, associate curator; John A. Stevenson, custodian of C. G. Lloyd mycological collection ; Agnes Chase, research associate. Section of Grasses: J. R. Swallen, associate curator. Section of Cryptogamic Collections: O. F. Cook, assistant curator. Section of Higher Algae; W. T. Swingle, custodian. ‘ Section of Lower Fungi: D. G. Fairchild, custodian. Section of Diatoms: Paul S. Conger, associate curator. Associates in Zoology: Theodore S. Palmer, William B. Marshall, A. G. Boving, W. K. Fisher, C. R. Shoemaker. Associates in Botany: Henri Pittier, F. A. McClure, W. R. Maxon. Collaborator in Zoology: Robert Sterling Clark. Collaborators in Biology: A. K. Fisher, David C. Graham. DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY: R. S. Basler, head curator; J. H. Benn, exhibits preparator; Jessie G. Beach, aid. Division of Mineralogy and Petrology: W. F. Foshag, curator; H. P. Hender- son, associate curator ; B. O. Reberholt, exhibits preparator ; Frank L. Hess, custodian of rare metals and rare earths. Division of Inveriebrate Paleontology and Paleobotany: Gustav A. Cooper, curator; A. R. Loeblich, Jr., associate curator; J. Brookes Knight, research associate in Paleontology. Section of Invertebrate Palenotology: T. W. Stanton, custodian of Mesozoic collection ; J. B. Reeside, Jr., custodian of Mesozoic collection. Division of Vertebrate Paleontology: C. L. Gazin, curator; D. H. Dunkle, as- sociate curator; Norman H. Boss, chief exhibits preparator; A. C. Murray, scientific aid; F. L. Pearce, preparator. Associates in Mineralogy: W. T. Schaller, S. H. Perry. Associate in Paleonotology: T. W. Vaughan. Associate in Petrology: Whitman Cross. DEPARTMENT OF H}NGINEERING AND INDUSTRIES: Carl W. Mitman, head curator. Division of Engineering: Frank A. Taylor, curator; K. M. Perry, exhibits preparator. Section of Civil and Mechanical Engineering: Frank A. Taylor, in charge. Section of Marine Transportation: Frank A. Taylor, in charge. Section of Electricity: Frank A. Taylor, in charge. Section of Physical Sciences and Measurement: Frank A. Taylor, in charge. Section of Land Transportation: S. H. Oliver, associate curator. Division of Aeronautics: P. HB. Garber, curator. Division of Crafis and Industries: W. N. Watkins, curator; F. C. Reed, associate curator; E. A. Avery, museum aid; F. L. Lewton, research associate. Section of Textiles: M. M. Windhorst, assistant curator. Section of Wood Technology : William N. Watkins, in charge. Section of Manufactures: F. C. Reed, in charge. Section of Agricultural Industries: F. C. Reed, in charge. Division of Medicine and Public Health: Charles Whitebread, curator. Division of Graphic Arts: J. Kainen, curator; BH. J. Fite, museum aid. Section of Photography: A. J. Wedderburn, Jr., associate curator. Vili ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 DIvIsion or History: T. T. Belote, curator; Charles Carey, associate curator; M. W. Brown, assistant curator ; J. Russell Sirlouis, scientific aid. Section of Civil History: T. T. Belote, in charge. Section of Military History: C. Carey, in charge. Section of Naval History: C. Carey, in charge. ‘Section of Numismatics: T. T. Belote, in charge. Section of Philately: C. L. Manning, assistant curator. ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF Chief, office of correspondence and records.—H. S. BRYANT. Superintendent of buildings and labor.—L. L. OLIVER. Assistant superintendent of buildings and labor.—CHaARLEsS C. SINCLAIR. Hditor—Pavut H. OEFHSER. Accountant and auditor.—T. F. CuarK. Photographer.—G. I. HIGHTOWER. Purchasing officer.—A. W. WILDING. Assistant librarian.— ELISABETH H. Gazin. NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART Trustees: Frep M. Vinson, Chief Justice of the United States, Chairman. GEORGE C. MARSHALL, Secretary of State. JOHN W. SNYDER, Secretary of the Treasury. ALEXANDER WETMORE, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. SAMUEL H. KReEss. FERDINAND LAMMOT BELIN. DUNCAN PHILLIPS. CHESTER DALE. Paut MELLon. President SAMUEL H. KREss. Vice President.—FERDINAND LAMMOT BELIN. Secretary-Treasurer.—HUNTINGTON .CAIRNS. Director.—Davip E. FIn ey. Administrator.—Harry A. McBrRIpE. General Counsel.—HUNTINGTON CAIRNS. Chief Curator.—JOHN WALKER. Assistant Director.—MAcgiLt JAMES. NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS Director.—RveEt P. Totman; G. J. Martin, exhibits preparator. FREER GALLERY OF ART Director.—A. G. WENLEY. Assistant Director.—J. A. Porr. Research Associate.—Grace DUNHAM GUEST. Associate in Near Eastern art.—RicHARD EXTTINGHAUSEN. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY Chief.—MaTTHEW W. STERLING. Associate Chief—FRANK H. H. Roserrs, Jr. Senior ethnologists.—H. B. Cotuins, Jr., JOHN P. HARRINGTON, W. N. FENTON. Senior anthropologists.—G. R. WILLEY ; P. DRUCKER. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 1X Collaborator.—JOHN R. SWANTON. Editor.—M. HELEN PALMER. Tibrarian.—MiriaM B. KETCHUM. Tilustrator.—EpWIn G. CASSEDY. INSTITUTE oF SociAL ANTHROPOLOGY.—G. M. Foster. Jr., Director. River BASIN SURVEYS.—FRANK H. H. Roserts, Jr., Director in charge. INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE SERVICE Acting Chief—Harry W. DORSEY. Chief Clerk.—D. G. WILLIAMS. NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK Director.— WILLIAM M. MANN. Assistant Director.—HRNEST P. WALKER. Head Keeper.—F Rank O. LOWE. ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY Director.—LoyatL B. ALDRICH. DIVISION or ASTROPHYSICAL RESEARCH: Loyal B. Aldrich, chief; William H. Hoover, senior astrophysicist ; Charles G. Abbot, research associate. DIVISION OF RADIATION AND ORGANISMS: Earl S. Johnston, chief; Leland B. Clark, engineer (precision instruments); Robert L. Weintraub, chemist (biological) ; Leonard Price, junior physicist (biophysics); G. D. Talbert, instrument maker. NATIONAL AIR MUSEUM Advisory Board: ALEXANDER WETMORE, Chairman. Mas. GEN. E. M. Powers, U. S. Army Air Forces. REAR ApM. A. M. Prive, U. S. Navy. GROVER LOENING. WILLIAM B. Strout. CANAL ZONE BIOLOGICAL ARHA Resident Manager. JAMES ZETEK. pa aie ANCE REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION ALEXANDER WETMORE FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1947 To the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution: GENTLEMEN : I have the honor to submit herewith my report showing the activities and condition of the Smithsonian Institution and its bureaus during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947. Appendixes 1 to 12 give detailed reports of the operations of the National Museum, the National Gallery of Art, the National Collection of Fine Arts, the Freer Gallery of Art, the Bureau of American Ethnology, the Inter- national Exchanges, the National Zoological Park, the Astrophysical Observatory, the National Air Museum, the Canal Zone Biological Area, the Smithsonian library, and of the publications issued under the direction of the Institution. On page 162 is the financial report of the executive committee of the Board of Regents. The purpose of the Institution, as stated in the will of its founder, is “the increase and diffusion of knowledge among men.” ‘The in- crease of knowledge is accomplished by means of scientific research and exploration, the diffusion of knowledge by its several series of publications, its International Exchange Service, its museum and art gallery exhibits, and various other means. As the Institution oper- ates chiefly through the bureaus that have grown up around it as a result of its early work, the year’s research and exploration will be found recorded in the reports of those bureaus, particularly the Na- tional Museum, the Bureau of American Ethnology, and the Astro- physical Observatory. A complete account of the year’s publications appears in the report of the chief of the editorial division, appendix 12. The fiscal year here reported upon is the first in the Institution’s second century of existence. At the beginning of a new era, it is gratifying to report that a large part of the normal research and field work that had to be suspended during the war is now being resumed and, in certain lines, expanded. This is the first annual account in which appear reports on the newly established National Air Museum and on the Canal Zone Biological Area, recently placed under the In- stitution’s administration. The number of visitors to the National Museum, the Freer Gallery of Art, and the National Zoological Park 1 2 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 is back to prewar levels, as is the number of accessions to the Museum collections. The International Exchange Service has made large inroads into the great accumulation of material for foreign exchange that built up during the war years, and the service will soon be again on a wholly current basis. The two greatest needs of the Institution as stated in my last report are for more personnel and more building space. New buildings must, of course, await more propitious economic conditions, but plans are already outlined and the future outlook is hopeful. Strong presenta- tions of the personnel shortage, particularly in scientific positions, are being made to the Bureau of the Budget and to Congress, with promise of relief in this direction also. THE ESTABLISHMENT The Smithsonian Institution was created by act of Congress in 1846, according to the terms of the will of James Smithson, of England, who in 1826 bequeathed his property to the United States of America “to found at Washington, under the name of the Smithsonian Institution, an establishment for the increase and diffusion of knowledge among men.” In receiving the property and accepting the trust, Congress determined that the Federal Government was without authority to ad- minister the trust directly, and, therefore, constituted an “establish- ment” whose statutory members are “the President, the Vice President, the Chief Justice, and the heads of the executive departments.” THH BOARD OF REGENTS During the year the following changes occurred in the personnels of the Board of Regents: January 17, 1947: Chief Justice Vinson was elected Chancellor of the Institution. January 27, 1947: Representative John M. Vorys, of Ohio, was appointed to finish the unexpired term of Representative B. Carroll Reece. January 27, 1947: Representative Samuel K. McConnell, Jr., of Pennsylvania, was appointed to finish the unexpired term of Repre- sentative E. K. Cox. The roll of regents at the close of the fiscal year June 30, 1947, was as follows: Chief Justice Fred M. Vinson, Chancellor; members from the Senate, Alben W. Barkley, Wallace H. White, Jr., Walter F. George; mem- bers from the House of Representatives, Clarence Cannon, John M. Vorys, Samuel K. McConnell, Jr. ; citizen members, Frederic A. Delano, Washington, D. C., Harvey N. Davis, New Jersey, Arthur H. Comp- REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 3 ton, Missouri, Vannevar Bush, RY achington: D. C., and Frederic C. Walcott, Connecticut. Proceedings.—The Board of Regents held its annual meeting on January 17, 1947, with the following members present : Senator Walter F’. George, Representative Clarence Cannon, Dr. Vannevar Bush, Dr. Arthur H. Compton, Dr. Harvey N. Davis, Frederic A. Delano, the Secretary, Dr. Alexander Wetmore, and the Assistant Secretary, John E. Graf. © The Secretary presented his annual report covering the activities of the parent institution and of its several branches, including the financial report of the Executive Committee, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1946, which was accepted by the Board. The usual resolution authorizing the expenditure by the Secretary of the income of the Institution for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1948, was adopted by the Board. The gift of Miss Annie-May Hegeman was mentioned last year as amounting in total to $300,000, being one-half the amount from the sale of the Porter property at the corner of Sixteenth and Kye Streets NW. The Library Trust Fund Board of the Library of Con- gress, which handled this matter, during the year forwarded a check for $275,000 on this account, approximately $25,000 being held tempo- rarily, pending settlement of claim for sales commission on the part of real-estate brokers. John A. Roebling made a generous gift to the Institution in Gril: support of the work of the Aeieplneeal Observatory. On August 12, 1946, President Truman signed the act (Public Law 722) establishing the National Air Museum under the Smithsonian Institution. Under this act there is set up an advisory board com- posed of the Commanding General of the Army Air Forces, the Chief of Naval Operations, the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, and two citizens appointed by the President. General Spaatz, Chief _ of the Army Air Forces, has designated Maj. Gen. Edward M. Powers to represent him; Admiral Nimitz, Chief of Naval Operations, desig- nated Rear Adm. H. B. Sallada; and the President, early in December, appointed Grover Loening and William B. Stout, both well known for their work in aviation, as the citizen members of the board. Subse- quently, Admiral Nimitz assigned Rear Adm. Sallada to other duties and designated Rear Adm. A. M. Pride to represent him on the board. The first meeting of the Advisory Board was held December 16, 1946, at which the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution was elected Chairman. Discussions covered the scope, probable size, and location of the Museum. It was the opinion that these could be determined only after a complete survey of material of value for the Museum. The Chairman was instructed to prepare estimates for the $50,000 4. ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 authorized by the act for a survey, this to cover the latter part of the fiscal year 1947, and the year 1948, and to include travel funds and necessary assistance. In view of the great growth in aviation the new agency is one of major importance for preservation of historical ma- terial in aeronautics, both for public display and for study and exam- ination by engineers and students of aerodynamics. Under Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1946, which became effective July 16, 1946, the President placed under the direction of the Smith- sonian Institution the biological laboratory known as the Canal Zone Biological Area located in the Canal Zone, Panama. When Gatun Lake was formed during construction of the Panama Canal, the im- pounded waters flowed around hills that stood in the valley, changing certain of them to islands. One of these, which became known as Barro Colorado Island, was notable for its fine stand of primitive tropical forest, and for the animal life confined on it by the waters of the lake. On April 17, 1923, Gov. Jay J. Morrow of the Canal Zone set aside Barro Colorado Island as a reserve, and on it there was established a field laboratory at which investigators might live and work on scientific problems concerned with a tropical jungle. This laboratory has been supported by small contributions from various agencies, including Harvard College, the University of Michigan, the Smithsonian Institution, and various others. So much valuable scientific work came from this laboratory that the Congress set it aside permanently as a reserve under the name Canal Zone Biological Area, in an act effective July 2, 1940, as an independ- ent agency under a Board of Directors composed of the Secretaries of War, Agriculture, Interior, and the Smithsonian Institution, the President of the National Academy of Sciences, and three distin- euished biologists appointed by the President of the National Academy as Chairman of the Board. In the process of unification of govern- mental agencies, the Canal Zone Biological Area has now become a part of the Smithsonian, where it will be administered under the office of the Secretary. The reorganization plan abolished the former Board as the controlling body, but it has seemed desirable to continue this as an advisory board composed of representatives of the departments originally concerned, to secure desired support and cooperation for the activity. Barro Colorado Island has been the site of a wide variety of studies and tests under tropical conditions. Those under way at the present time include an extensive set-up for testing termite-proofing of wood samples, tropical deterioration of plywoods, textiles, and packaging containers, and the effect of fungi on optical glass. Biologists come regularly to the island to make studies of the fauna and flora. Some 400 publications have been issued on research carried on here in the REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 5 fields of entomology, forestry, and medicine, with special reference to the control of termites, fruit flies, and mosquitoes. The annual report of the Smithsonian Art Commission was pre- sented by the Secretary and accepted by the Board. The Commis- sion, at its meeting on December 6, 1946, accepted several works of art, including 23 miniatures. A resolution was adopted to reelect the following members for 4-year terms: John Taylor Arms, Gifford Beal, and Gilmore D. Clarke. Vacancies on the commission were caused by the resignations of Louis Ayres and Frank J. Mather. The names of William T. Aldrich and Lloyd Goodrich, recommended by the Commission, were approved to fill the above vacancies. The fol- lowing officers were reelected for the ensuing year: Chairman, Paul Manship; Secretary, Alexander Wetmore. The bill that was introduced in the House of Representatives (H. R. 9015 and H. Res. 189, 78th Cong., 2d sess.) for the relief of the estate of John Gellatly and/or Charleyne Whiteley Gellatly, his widow, was referred by the House, mentioned above as House Resolution 139, to the Court of Claims to ascertain the facts and make recommendations. The Court of Claims in an opinion dated May 5, 1947, stated that “there is no basis in law or in equity to set aside the gift or transfer and no _basis in law or equity to allow a recovery in behalf of the Gellatly estate.” The Secretary brought to the attention of the Board the proposition to request the Civil Service Commission to extend the provisions of the Federal Classification Act to Smithsonian employees paid from trust funds. This proposal was approved by the Board under certain conditions. APPROPRIATIONS Funds appropriated to the Institution for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947, totaled $1,632,912, allotted as follows: Generaliadministration 222 =) Seu ee eee ee $88, 366 Nationals Museumiciess Sees Loe ses Oh Oe iy SE 530, 068 Bureau of American Hthnology_____-_____--_----______ 76, 366 Astrophysical Observatory____---_-________-__-____-__ 67, 596 National Collection of Fine Arts_______________________ 24, 264 International Exchange Service__-___-__-_______________ 55, 632 Maintenance and: operation. 22 20.2 e ei ae ee 632, 377 Serle Givi STON Stee wii es wi AY UNSER AS BRE ee 154, 749 QUGIin' co Fo ait ee hate ase NS a ARE Nl a es 3, 494 EA INC ONCUER TL SAU e ale el e e U OL 1, 632, 912 In addition, $883,920 was appropriated to the National Gallery of Art, a bureau of the Institution but administered by a separate board of trustees; and $432,500 was provided in the District of Columbia ap- propriation bill for the operation of the National Zoological Park. 6 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Besides these direct appropriations, the Institution received funds by transfer from other Federal agencies, as follows: From the State Department, from the appropriation, Cooperation with the American Republics, 1947, a total of $139,589 for the follow- ing purposes: Operation of the Institute of Social Anthropology, in- cluding the issuance of publications resulting from its work; publica- tion of a Spanish edition of Compendium and Description of the West Indies, by Antonio Vazquez de Espinosa; and assistance in the pub- lication of the Handbook of South American Indians. From the Navy Department, $12,920 for scientific monly in the Bikini area in connection with Operation Crossroads. From the National Park Service, Interior Dep $91,500 for archeological projects in connection with River Basin Surveys. Of this total, $64,500 was originally transferred to the Park Service by the Bureau of Reclamation, and $37,000 by the Corps of Engineers, U.S. Army. SMITHSONIAN CENTENNIAL In my last annual report I reviewed rather fully the features that marked the Institution’s one-hundredth anniversary on August 10, 1946. These included a commemorative Smithsonian postage stamp; an illustrated publication entitled “The First Hundred Years of the Smithsonian Institution”; a convocation and reception at the Insti- tution on October 23, 1946, to mark the occasion in a more formal manner; a public statement released to the press by President Harry S. Truman, who is ex-officio Presiding Officer of the Institution; and a Smithsonian Centennial issue of the journals, Science and The Scien- tific Monthly. In addition, many leading magazines and newspapers carried full accounts of the Institution’s history and achievements, and this type of public notice of the Centennial continued well into the fiscal year 194’. It has been particularly gratifying to the officials of the Institution to receive on the occasion of the Centennial so many letters of con- gratulation from distinguished scientists and educators in this country and abroad. It is satisfying to feel that there is a general recognition of the Institution’s earnest efforts to carry out its founder’s stipula- tion for “the increase and diffusion of knowledge among men,” and such recognition tends to stimulate greater zeal in furthering James Smithson’s purpose. FINANCES A statement on finances, dealing particularly with Smithsonian private funds, will be found in the report of the executive committee of the Board of Regents, page 162. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY A TRUST FUNDS’ EMPLOYEES INCLUDED UNDER FEDERAL RETIREMENT SYSTEM For many years employees of the Institution have been divided into two categories: The first, and by far the larger group, consists of civil-service employees paid from Federal appropriations; the second, now numbering some 35 employees, consists of employees paid wholly or in part from Smithsonian trust funds. The first group, of course, has been covered by the Federal Retirement System; the second group had up to 1939 no provision whatever for retirement. On July 1, 1939, the Smithsonian Retirement System was put into effect to pro- vide retirement benefits for those employees paid from trust funds, but the number of members was so small that the system was unable to offer anything like as liberal benefits as the Federal System as amended in 1942. During the fiscal year 1947, the Civil Service Commission took under advisement the inclusion of trust funds’ employees under the Federal System, and pending a decision, the Board of Regents of the Institu- tion at its annual meeting on January 17, 1947, passed the following resolution : Resolved, That the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution do hereby consent to the officers and members of the Smithsonian Institution paid from trust funds accepting the benefits and privileges of the Federal Retirement Sys- tem, aS well as assuming the obligations and duties legally applicable to them under that system as presently constituted ; Provided further, That the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution does not consent to the application of the Federal civil-service laws, nor the Federal Classification Act of 1923, as amended, to such officers and members paid from trust funds, nor to the application of any other laws which would in any way contravene the act (of Establishment of the Smithsonian Institution approved on August 10, 1846, with amendments thereto. Resolved, That the Regents of the Smithsonian Institution, if and when officers and members of the Smithsonian Institution paid from trust funds are placed under the Federal Retirement System, approve in principle the use of the funds now held in the Smithsonian Retirement Fund for the benefit of the employees in question, to secure for said employees the maximum protection under the Federal Retirement Act to which their length of service in the Smithsonian Institution, respectively, entitles them; and that the Secretary be authorized to work out the necessary plans to carry this into effect, with the approval of the executive committee, to which is given full power to act in this matter. A decision was reached by the Commission on May 16, and on May 22 I sent the following memorandum to the members of the Smith- sonian Retirement System: The Civil Service Commission has decided under date of May 16, 1947, that Smithsonian employees paid from trust funds of the Institution are eligible for inclusion under the Federal Retirement System. In accordance with the ap- proval of the Board of Regents, the Smithsonian Retirement System is therefore abolished, effective at the close of business May 17, 1947, except insofar as it 764815—47——_2 8 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 affects payments to members in annuity status on that date, which payments will be continued by the Institution as provided by the Smithsonian Retirement System. Beginning May 18, 1947, retirement deductions from the pay of the Smith- sonian employees in question will be made at the rate of 5 percent (the rate of the Federal Retirement System) instead of 3.5 percent (the rate of the former Smithsonian Retirement System). Adjustment for back time on behalf of the individual members of the Smith- sonian Retirement System will be determined with the approval of the executive committee, as provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Regents on January 17, 1947. On June 380, the last day of the fiscal year 1947, I submitted to the executive committee of the Board of Regents a detailed recommenda- tion regarding the conversion to the Federal Retirement System, so that final action on adjustment for previous service will be deferred until the next fiscal year. However, all employees of the Institution are now on the same footing as to retirement benefits, thus remedying a situation of long standing. VISITORS An increase of 237,784 visitors to the Smithsonian buildings was recorded over the previous year, the totals being 2,353,377 for 1947 and 2,115,593 for 1946. August 1946 was the month of largest at- tendance, with 318,325 visitors; April 1947, the second largest with 298,724. A summary of attendance records is given in table 1: TABLE 1.—Visitors to the Smithsonian buildings during the year ended June 80, 1947 . Arts and Natural : Freer Smithson- A F Aircraft 5 Industries | History Gallery Total ian Bldg. | “Bldg Bldg. Bldg. of Art 1946 HRD by aye Selgin nen mente Dears Auge te cae 51, 955 118, 106 64, 553 21, 964 10, 504 267, 082 AU GUSE SE ee oes a waa 62, 254 137, 857 81, 674 24, 005 12, 535 318, 325 September 45, 152 93, 356 55, 256 18, 525 9, 339 221, 628 October_--_-- 32, 052 63, 843 49, 016 13, 428 8, 939 167, 278 November 28, 538 58, 667 42, 804 18, 054 7, 961 151, 024 December 22222252 eh eee 20, 292 34, 640 28, 335 8, 331 5, 865 97, 463 1947 JATIUAT Ye oe eee ee 18, 492 34, 019 34, 553 8, 919 4,121 100, 104 Mebrulary oso 22ers 16, 285 33, 240 28, 329 7, 876 4, 053 89, 783 SAM AGN cle} 0 Bee See OS Et ol Oe 20, 037 47,114 37, 797 11, 336 7, 003 123, 287 PAO TT ES REPO FoR EEN 55, 236 - 127, 665 76, 488 23, 541 15, 794 298, 724 IVD eyiy sibs alistis pian Sea Bias 42, 372 111, 480 68, 480 19, 318 11, 625 2538, 275 SAT 22 SOE ES oy ihre elie 47, 292 116, 179 70, 632 21, 803 9, 498 265, 404 Total een ee aes 439, 957 976, 166 1637, 917 | | 2 2, 353, 377 1 Not including 13,943 persons attending meetings after 4:30 p. m. PHOTOGRAPHIC LABORATORY In connection with the research and exploration of the Institution, there is involved a large amount of photographie work which is han- dled for the Institution and its branches by the Photographic Labora- REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 9 tory, located in the Arts and Industries Building of the National Museum. To show the quantity of work produced I will give a few statistics: Negatives made, 2,449; prints, 14,521; enlargements, 2,082; lantern slides, 264; cloth mounts, 174; also a smaller number of other types of work involving photographic processes. In addition to the routine operations of the laboratory, the staff spent considerable time in assisting scientists of the Institution in ob- taining photographic illustrations for their publications, as well as in aiding representatives of other governmental agencies and private individuals in their search for needed photographs. The photographer in charge served as the Institution’s representa- tive on the photograph supplies committee, Federal Specifications Board. He attended monthly board meetings and conducted special investigations for various subcommittees of the Board. While rep- resenting the Institution at the annual convention of the Photogra- phers’ Association of America in Chicago, the photographer in charge visited the Chicago Natural History Museum in the search for im- proved methods of photographing art objects, silverware, and glass- ware. The greatest needs of the laboratory are a complete catalog of file prints, so that the large and valuable collection of negatives would be more readily accessible to the Institution’s staff as well as to the gen- eral public; certain items of modern photographic equipment; and the fitting up of a room to be devoted to color photography. BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT Repairs and alterations—Among important projects in connection with the several buildings, the following were completed during the year : Smithsonian Building: The metal finials on top of the northeast and southeast towers were removed and new copper finials were installed; removal of the wooden louvres on four sides of the flag tower (begun in 1946) was completed and new copper louvres were installed in their place; the rooms formerly occupied by the property clerk were dis- mantled and converted into additional space for the accounting office. Arts and Industries Building: Provision was made for office rooms for the National Air Museum by partitioning off room 30, formerly occupied by the division of engineering; major alterations and repairs were made in the southwest and west south ranges to provide exhibit areas for the section of manufactures and the section of aeronautics (now the National Air Museum) ; a photographic dark room was con- structed in the section of photography; the coin hall ceiling and walls were repaired and repainted and all exhibit cases were revarnished. 10 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Natural History Building: All alcoves in the foyer, where all special exhibitions are held, were re-covered with monks cloth and all exposed woodwork repainted; to provide storage and working space for the coral collection, a section of the second floor at the northwest corner was remodeled, including changing partition walls, | erection of a gallery, and painting of walls, ceiling, and storage cases. Freer Gallery of Art: The photographic studio and dark room were constructed by remodeling a section of one of the existing stor- age rooms. Heat, light, and power—kElectric current used during the year amounted to 1,664,710 kilowatt-hours. This figure represents an increase of 120,571 kilowatt-hours over 1946 despite the “brown- out” during the period November 23 to December 9, 1946, for the purpose of conserving coal during the miners’ strike. However, this increase is not considered excessive because additional fixtures were added and other improvements were made during the year. Steam consumption was held to the absolute minimum require- ments during the year, and despite the fact that heating temperatures were reduced 5° twice each day during the period November 23 to December 9, 1946, steam consumption increased 1,502,900 pounds over 1946. This increase was due to lower outside temperatures dur- ing the heating season. Total steam consumption for the fiscal year was 54,902,700 pounds. Ice production.—The Smithsonian ice plant produced 186.7 tons of ice at a cost of $1.16 per ton, exclusive of labor. The plant was closed down 10 days during May 1947 for overhauling. Fire protection—The fire hose, couplings, nozzles, and hose racks purchased during fiscal year 1946 were received and installed in the Smithsonian Building. Plans have been made to install a central control station for valving the standpipe lines in this building dur- ing the fiscal year 1948. Inspections of apparatus were made each month, and all soda and acid extinguishers were discharged and recharged. Respectfully submitted. A. Wermors, Secretary. APPENDIX 1 REPORT ON THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the condition and operation of the United States National Museum for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947. COLLECTIONS Nearly 757,000 specimens, about twice as many as last year, came to the Museum’s collections during the year, these being divided among the various departments as follows: Anthropology, 9,445; biology, 533,098; geology, 205,549; engineering and industries, 5,239; history, 3,039. Most of the accessions were acquired as gifts from individuals or as transfers from Government departments and agencies. The complete report on the Museum, published as a separate document, includes a detailed list of the year’s acquisitions, of which the more im- portant are summarized below. Catalog entries in all departments now total 19,561,872. Anthropology.—Archeological material came from many parts of the world, especially noteworthy being about a hundred items from Adak Island in the Aleutians; nearly 1,600 specimens from Mont- gomery County, Md.; a tripod bowl from a ruin near Oaxaca, Mexico; 2 earthenware bowls from the Taino site of La Caleto, Province of Trujillo, Dominican Republic; 2 Roman or Franko vessels from Speicher, Germany; and 14 stone implements and fragments from Larimer County, Colo. In ethnology, the year’s accessions included collections from the North American tribes of Alaska and the Aleutians, Eastern Wood- lands, Great Plains, and the Southwest; the Indian tribes of México, Panama, Venezuela, Colombia, Bolivia, and Brazil; the Oceanian peoples of Hawaii and New Guinea; the aboriginal tribes of Australia 5 the Indonesians of Java, Sumatra, and Bali; the Asiatic peoples of India and Mongolia; and the African tribes of the Belgian Congo and neighboring parts of West Africa. A collection of major importance was received as a result of the bequest of the late Princess Abigail W. -Kawananakoa of Honolulu, comprising a well-documented group of masterpieces of Hawaiian handicrafts which were heirlooms of the Hawaiian royal family. A valuable collection of American historical Staffordshire china was received from an anonymous donor. 11 12 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 The most unusual accession in physical anthropology consisted of unpublished anthropometric and other data collected by German anthropologists in Poland during World War II, together with some of their anthropological measuring instruments. The data had been assembled for the Institut fir Deutsche Ostarbeit and were trans- ferred to the National Museum as a permanent loan by the War De- partment. The material includes information on 356 Ukrainians, 1,466 Poles, and 162 Huzuls, with full measurements, photographs, and personal, medical, and family histories of each subject. Biology.—The most important mammalian accession was a series of about 600 glass slides of sectioned hairs, collected and presented by Dr. Ned Dearborn, expert on fur-bearing animals, who has made a special study of mammalian hair. The W. L. Abbott fund made possible three noteworthy avian accessions: 1,758 skins and skeletons of birds from Colombia, collected by M. A. Carriker, Jr.; 453 bird skins and 7 skeletons of Panama birds, collected by Dr. A. Wetmore and W. M. Perrygo; and 556 birds from India, collected by Salim Ali Also from India came 1,500 bird skins resulting from the Smithsonian Institution-Yale University Expedition, containing many forms new to the Museum. Foremost among the year’s herpetological acquisi- tions were 25 rare Brazilian frogs, 112 reptiles from Bikini, and 5 series of reptiles and amphibians from Colombia, Bolivia, Haiti, and Guatemala. Two large and outstanding collections of fishes were received as a result of the Smithsonian’s participation in two federally sponsored projects—about 38,700 fishes (representing over 300 species) taken during Operation Crossroads at Bikini and in the northern Marshall Islands by Dr. Leonard P. Schultz and Capt. Earl S. Herald, and 28,000 Guatemalan fishes obtained by Associate Curator Robert R. Miller in continuation of the survey of the fishery resources of Guate- mala begun last year under the auspices of the Guatemalan Govern- ment, the United States Fish and Wildlife Service, and the Smith- sonian Institution. The Pacific material, because of its extent, will make it possible for the first time to make a study of anatomical varia- tions among the various island fish populations, while the Guatemalan material is one of the best collections of fresh-water fishes ever made in Central America. In addition, smaller but important lots of fishes came from Argentina, Baja California, Cuba, and the Tropical Pacific. About 12,000 insects, in three accessions, came to the Museum as a direct result of the war: 1,500 from the Philippines and New Guinea, collected by Carl O. Mohr; 4,500 from the Philippines, collected by Dr. Frank M. Young; and 6,000 mosquitoes, resulting from the in- vestigations in the South Pacific by the Naval Medical Research Unit No. 2. Another large insect accession was the gift of the H. G. Bar- REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 13 ber collection of Hemiptera, amounting to 35,000 specimens and in- cluding some types and paratypes. Other important entomological material included over 2,500 insects from Colombia, collected by Curator E. A. Chapin in 1946; about 2,000 insects collected by Dr. J. P. E. Morrison as a part of Operation Crossroads biological investi- gations; nearly 400 aquatic insects collected in Guatemala by Dr. Robert R. Miller; about 16,000 specimens of Mexican and Canal Zone insects collected by N. L. H. Krauss; and 65,000 specimens transferred from the United States Department of Agriculture. A great variety of marine invertebrates was received but the largest accession in this division was the gift of the Horton H. Hobbs private collection of crayfishes. Comprising about 11,000 specimens, it is by far the most important series of these crustaceans ever collected from the southeastern United States. The Operation Crossroads investi- gations yielded over 8,000 miscellaneous marine invertebrates from the Marshall Islands. A desirable personal collection of nearly 3,000 worms and crustaceans from various localities came as a gift from the collector, Leslie Hubricht. The type collection of Foram- inifera was increased by 706 slides, bringing the total in this col- lection to 10,640 slides. In the division of mollusks the largest and most important of the year’s accessions comprised about 200,000 speci- mens collected by Associate Curator Morrison in the biological recon- naissance of the Marshall Islands in connection with Operation Cross- roads. The Naval Medical Research Unit No. 2 turned over to the Museum 25,000 specimens, mainly of land and fresh-water mollusks, from China, the Philippines, and the Marianas. Dr. A. R. Loeblich, Jr., now a member of the staff of the department of geology, donated 1,200 marine shells from Okinawa. Accessions in the division of plants (including diatoms) aggregated nearly 44,000 specimens, from many parts of the world. About 4,800 plants came as a result of Associate Curator Morton’s botanical field work in St. Vincent, Lesser Antilles, a region heretofore but scantily represented in the National Herbarium. In transfers from the United States Department of Agriculture, the Museum received 5,500 grasses from Brazil, collected by Jason R. Swallen, and 1,500 specimens of bamboos, collected by Dr. F. A. McClure. Several other large lots came from South America, the West Indies, Japan and Formosa, the South Pacific, and several parts of North America. Geology.—The department of geology received about 41% times as’ many specimens as last year, this increase being due largely to a great influx of invertebrate fossils to the number of about 200,000. Additions in mineralogy and petrology were somewhat fewer than usual, though gifts, exchanges, and purchases brought some fine new ~ minerals, gems, and meteorites to the collections. "Twenty-one meteor- 14 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 ites not previously represented in. the Museum were received during the year. Forty-four mineral specimens were purchased through the Canfield fund. Collecting trips by Dr. G. A. Cooper and Dr. A. R. Loeblich, Jr., yielded over 36,000 Paleozoic fossils for the invertebrate collections. Several gifts received were important in helping to fill the study series in invertebrate paleontology and paleobotany. Among these were 85 Mississippian ammonoids from Arkansas, numerous Lower Permian specimens from New Mexico, extensive collections of Middle Devonian invertebrates, excellent Eocene echinoids from Florida, 120 blocks of Cambrian and Ordovician limestone with choice silicified brachiopods from the Arbuckle Mountains, 275 Tertiary fossils from Florida, ex- tensive sets of Paleozoic and Cretaceous inverterbrates, including many micro-organisms and bryozoans, 375 specimens of unusual Cambrian and Lower Ordovician fossils from Quebec, 4,000 Upper Devonian fossils from New Mexico, and 2,000 Paleozoic invertebrates from Virginia, and a similar collection from Georgia. Resumption of field work following the war also brought increased material to the division of vertebrate paleontology. Outstanding was the discovery in one block in the Bridger Eocene beds of the skulls and portions of the skeletons of two unusually large rodents of the genus Paramys. Among other rarities in the season’s finds were jaws and skeletal parts of the artiodactyl Helohyus, about five examples of the minute insectivore Myctitherium, and remains of the marsupial Peratherium. Other additions to the Bridger collections made by Dr. C. L. Gazin were skulls of the large six-horned mammal Uinta- therium, the titanothere Palaeosyops, and the rhinoceros Hyrachyus. Among the materials transferred from the United States Geological Survey was a nearly complete skull and jaws of a Triassic reptile, a phytosaur, from the Petrified Forest of Arizona. Engineering and industries.—In the division of engineering an out- standing accession was the motor tricycle designed and built at Pitts- burgh in 1897 by Louis S. Clarke, automobile pioneer, and claimed to be the first Autocar. Several ship models received enhanced the watercraft collection. ‘Two accessions in the field of microscopy are of unusual interest: The curious ruling machine with which Charles Fasoldt, in the mid-nineteenth century, produced the ruled slides and gratings prized over all others by many well-known microscopists; and a group of microscopes and accessories collected by the late Dr. Richard Halsted Ward, first president or the American Microscopical Society, and his son, the late Dr. Henry Baldwin Ward, parasitologist. A historically important accession in the division of crafts and industries was one of the two original rubber masticators developed by Thomas Hancock in England prior to 1830. The machine was in REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 15 continual use in rubber manufacture in England for more than 75 years. To the section of textiles there came many outstanding ex- amples of new fabrics and fabric application and an exhibit showing the manufacture and uses of nylon. In wood technology 964 exotic woods were received as an exchange from the Forest Products Research Laboratory of Great Britain, most of them heretofore unrepresented in the section’s collections. In addition, 182 wood specimens were | received from the New York State College of Forestry and 561 photo- micrographic prints of sections of Japanese woods from the War Department. In the division of graphic arts the most notable accession of the year was a microengraving machine capable of engraving the Lord’s Prayer 781,250 times within a square-inch area. This miraculous contrivance was constructed by the Rev. J. C. Crawford after the original machine invented by W. Peters in London in 1852. Outstanding pieces of motion-picture equipment received included a 60-mm. camera invented in 1893 by George Demeny of France and manufactured by the Gau- mont Co. around 1896; a 16-mm. Bell & Howell gun-type camera adopted and used by the Navy to photograph the earth from a German V-2 rocket fired at the Army Ordnance Proving Grounds, White Sands, N. Mex., October 10, 1946; and a 1911 Pathé Fréres 35-mm. hand-operated projector. Sixty glass negatives taken in the late nine- teenth century by the photographer Robert Stead and 143 lantern slides taken by the photographer Titus B. Snoddy, Sr., came as gifts to the Museum. Five more etched copper plates were added to the Charles W. Dahlgreen group for printing under the Dahlgreen fund. Several interesting and desirable additions were received for the division of medicine and public health, the most valuable one of the year being a series of specially prepared transparencies illustrating the subject of hospitalization. These were made and contributed by the American Hospital Association as a memorial to the late Dr. S. S. Goldwater (1873-1942). Historically important is a “Grosse Flamme” X-ray machine with tube and tube stand, one of the earliest American- made machines of its kind. A number of desiderata found their way to the aeronautical collec- tions, the most outstanding in point of historic importance being the collection of parts remaining of original gliders devised by John J. Montgomery between 1905 and 1911. From the standpoint of rela- tionship to air warfare and particularly the devastating effect of bombing as practiced in World War II, the Norden bombsight used in directing the first atomic bomb dropped over Japan constitutes an important accession. A series of 82 interesting scale-model World War II airplanes were transferred from the Navy Department. Three other aircraft models received were of an XFL-1 Bell “Airabonita” 16 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 made by Leroy McCallum, an F-6-F Grumman “Hellcat” made in the Navy Department, and a rotary-winged craft named “Hiller-copter” made by Stanley Hiller, Jr. History.—Several interesting additions made to the costumes col- lection include a waistcoat and knee breeches of mauve satin and a dark blue and white silk waistcoat worn by Simon Serre in Cette, France, as a page boy about the mid-eighteenth century; a child’s dress and pair of shoes of about 18503 a black silk dress of about 1860, a trousseau of 1875; and a white satin dress worn in the White House by Mrs. John Quincy Adams during her husband’s administration as Presi- dent. Added to the military collections were early nineteenth-century chapeaux, epaulets, sash, coat, and trousers; a United States Marine Corps officer’s sword of the early part of the present century; and two Chinese scrolls that had been presented to Gen. James H. Doolittle in commemoration of the American air raid on Tokyo in 1942. From the White House there was transferred a historic passenger elevator in- stalled in 1902. The numismatic collection was increased by 30 speci- mens of 1946 United States bronze, nickel, and silver coins and by 400 pieces of German paper currency of the World War I period. About 3,000 stamps were added to the philatelic collection, about 1,300 more than last year. Of particular interest was a sheet of 50 3-cent Smith- sonian Centennial commemoratives, formally presented to the Institu- tion by the Post Office Department at a special ceremony on August 10, 1946. EXPLORATION - AND FIELD WORK One of the most encouraging phases of the Museum’s work during the year was an opportunity to resume field work, interrupted by the war. 3 Under a grant from Ernest N. May, it was possible for the curator of ethnology, Herbert W. Krieger, to renew investigations of fifteenth- century historic Indian village sites and some of the early Spanish set- tlements in the West Indies. This Caribbean program developed from an earlier Antillean project sponsored by the late Dr. W. L. Abbott which began in 1928 and was terminated in 1988. Dr. Abbott’s inter- est was aroused by the earlier discoveries there by W. H. Gabb in 1869-71 of kitchen middens containing deposits of animal bones and aboriginal pottery fragments. While engaged in the development of the ensuing Smithsonian project for the excavation of these cave middens and of other former Indian village sites in the Greater An- tilles and in the Bahamas, the need became apparent to the curator for a chronological culture-trait analysis and for a more complete ori- entation as to the location of historic Indian village sites, and also for a study of Spanish settlements associated with the early colonial REPORT OF THE SECRETARY I period of the area. The cooperation of scientists and the governments of the Bahama Islands, Haiti, Cuba, and the Dominican Republic was readily obtained in the carrying out of the details of the project. From January 16 to May 5, 1947, Mr. Krieger visited and made test excava- tions at Indian village sites referred to by Christopher Columbus in the journal of his first voyage of discovery. Mr. Krieger also exam- ined the probable site of the first Spanish settlement, that of the sailors of the wrecked Santa Maria at La Navidad near the town of Cap Haitien on the north coast of Haiti. He later revisited La Isabela, the first planned Spanish colony in the Western Hemisphere. The ruins of the stone buildings of the town are still visible although most of the stone walls of the large warehouse, church, fort, and other buildings have been removed to the city of Puerto Plata, where they have been used in the construction of modern buildings. During the first 2 weeks of August 1946 Mr. Krieger attended, as a delegate of the Smithsonian Institution, the First International Con- ference of Archeologists of the Caribbean, which was convened under the auspices of the Government of the Republic of Honduras. The plenary sessions of the conference were held at the capital city of Tegucigalpa, but as the work progressed meetings were held most pleasantly under towering trees at the ruins of the eighth-century Maya city of Copan, on the stone seats of the south section of the Court of the Hieroglyphic Stairway. Ample facilities were provided by the Honduras Government for the attending delegates, 60 in num- ber, representing 14 American Republics and 36 educational and scien- tific institutions. Visits were made by airplane to widely separated sites where the prolific remains of Maya and other aboriginal cultures are still visible in the form of pyramids, mounds, and ruins of aban- doned Indian villages in the upland valleys of western Honduras. The late Dr. Ales Hrdlicka, formerly curator of physical anthro- pology, had planned to visit Guatemala in December of 1948 to take measurements and observations on the Highland Maya, but he died in September of that year. Dr. T. Dale Stewart finally undertook this work during the first 3 months of 1947 under a grant from the Department of State and in cooperation with scientists from Guate- mala and the Carnegie Institution of Washington. In addition to studying the living, Dr. Stewart examined also the available prehis- toric skeletal remains, especially those recovered from the archeo- logical sites known as San Agustin Acasaguastlan, Kaminaljuyi, and Zaculeu. The main objective of Dr. Stewart’s trip was to obtain information about the living Highland Maya which would enable him to make comparisons with the Lowland Maya of Yucatan. These two groups, although rather widely separated geographically and exhibiting dif- 18 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 ferences in material culture, nevertheless belong to the same linguistic stock. This linguistic stock, moreover, is remarkably homogeneous. Since language is fairly resistant to change (more so than material culture), considerable interest attaches to the question whether this linguistic homogeneity reflects a similar status in physical type. Dr. Stewart undertook the collection of data that would supplement those already available and at the same time allow their fuller inter- pretation. Since in Guatemala the municipio, being endogamous, is the basic unit for ethnic study, he restricted his study to two municipios within the Cakchiquel linguistic subgroup. First at Solold in the De- partment of Solola, then later at Patztin in the Department of Chimal- tenango, he secured comparable series of males—82 to 72, respec- tively—and at Patzin, a series of 35 females. Altogether this is the largest series from one highland linguistic group thus far studied. In addition to the routine anthropometric measurements, observa- tions, and photographs, the records obtained this season include blood group (A, B; M,N), taste sensitivity to phenyl thiocarbamide, palm and finger prints, and hair samples. In view of the success of this first season, it is hoped that the experience thus gained can be utilized for the extension of these observations elsewhere. It is important, for example, to learn also to what extent in the highlands the barrier of language is an aid in the formation of physical types. Furthermore, if the records are made by one observer, they will be more uniform and less subject to multiple personal biases. Upon his return from Guatemala Dr. Stewart was detailed to stop over in Mexico City in order to examine the recently recovered skeleton of Tepexpan man. This important skeleton, found in what is consid- ered by paleontologists as a Pleistocene stratum, may represent one of the most complete skeletons dating from this early period in North America. Subsequent to his visit the entire skeleton has been brought to the United States National Museum by Sefior Javier Romero, who is to work with Dr. Stewart in the restoration and reconstruction of the skeletal parts. At the close of the fiscal year some progress has been made in the restoration of the facial bones. Dr. Waldo R. Wedel, associate curator of archeology, was on detail to the River Basin Surveys and in charge of the Missouri River Basin Survey from July 8 to October 18, 1946. He left Washington May 20, 1947, to resume this work. Joseph R. Caldwell, scientific aid, like- wise was detailed to the River Basin Surveys from November 12, 1946, to April 1,1947. (See appendix 5 for details.) Members of the staff of the department of hiology participated in several important expeditions and a number of smaller field trips, all of which returned valuable material to the collections. From other expeditions in which the Museum personnel did not take part but which were financed by the Smithsonian Institution or private con- REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 19 tributors, many additional specimens were received. Foremost among the expeditions was Operation Crossroads under the auspices of the United States Navy to the northern Marshall Islands and Bikini. Taking part in the biological investigations of this operation and rep- resenting the Smithsonian Institution were Drs. Leonard P. Schultz and J. P. E. Morrison, curator of fishes and associate curator of mol- lusks, respectively, and Capt. Earl S. Herald, whose detail the Navy requested from the Army to relieve Dr. Schultz. Dr. Schultz re- turned to Washington by plane on July 22, having left Washington on the preceding February 13. Captain Herald returned to Washington in mid-September. As ichthyologists, Dr. Schultz and Captain Herald were especially concerned with the relative abundance of fishes on the reefs and in the tidal zone before and after dropping the experimental atomic bombs. In connection with the investigation they preserved over 38,000 specimens for study and for the national collections. Dr. Morrison, who left Washington on February 20 and returned August 25, gave his attention to both the vertebrate and invertebrate animal life of the area, excepting the fish. He obtained specimens and data concerning the arboreal, terrestrial, and intertidal animal communi- ties and populations. Particularly complete was the series of birds frequenting Bikini and the collections of mollusks of this and other of the Marshall Islands group. On June 28, 1947, 2 days before the close of the fiscal year, Drs. Schultz and Morrison accompanied by Frederick M. Bayer, assistant curator of marine invertebrates, started on a re- turn trip to Bikini for a resurvey of the faunal elements of the area with which they were particularly concerned. In continuation of the survey of the fishery resources of Guatemala begun last year under the joint auspices of the Guatemalan Govern- ment, the United States Fish and Wildlife Service, and the Smith- sonian Institution, Dr. Robert R. Miller, associate curator of fishes, spent some 10 weeks, March 7 to May 17, in Guatemala. Extensive series of fish and associated animal life were obtained, the fish collected to form the basis of an account of the fishes of that country. On March 15, 1947, C. V. Morton, associate curator of plants, left for a 12-week trip to St. Vincent, British West Indies, on a botanical survey of that island with funds generously provided by Ernest May, of Wilmington, Del. Although St. Vincent has an interesting flora, it has been relatively neglected by collectors. Owing to the moun- tainous terrain, there is still a great deal of untouched forested land which provided ideal conditions for plant collecting. Mr. Morton obtained 4,800 specimens on which he plans to base a checklist of the flowering plants and ferns of the island. The W. L. Abbott fund financed three different field parties during the past year: M. A. Carriker, Jr., continuing field work in Colombia, working for half the year in areas complementary to those already 20 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 covered previously, obtaining 1,758 bird skins; Salim Ali of Bombay collecting birds in Gujerat and other areas in India, supplementing the work of the Smithsonian-Yale University Expedition to India and obtaining 556 birds; and Dr. A. Wetmore and W. M. Perrygo making a rather short trip to the interior of Darién, Panama, and returning with 453 bird skins, beautifully supplementing collections made last year by the same collectors in adjacent areas. The Smithsonian Institution-Yale University Expedition to India under the direction of S. Dillon Ripley, assisted by E. C. Migdalski, spent 6 months in various parts of India and in Nepal and made a collection of approximately 1,500 birds, which added very signifi- cantly to the Museum’s resources in the Asiatic field and will be of great scientific value as much of it comes from old classical type locali- ties. Foster D. Smith, of the Secony Oil Co., Caracas, Venezuela, returned to Venezuela early in the fiscal year and will again collect birds for the Museum as time and opportunity allow; no reports regarding his present efforts have yet been received. Locally, in connection with a biological survey of the Patuxent Re- search Refuge maintained by the Fish and Wildlife Service, Emery C. Leonard, associate curator of plants, carried on field work on the lower cryptogams, spending 6 days on the project and collecting about 800 specimens. This work will be continued during the coming year, the collections to serve as a basis for a report on the cryptogamic flora of the refuge. During August 1946, Drs. Remington Kellogg and David C. Johnson, the curator and the associate curator, division of mammals, collected fossil cetacean material from the Miocene beds at Scientists’ Cliffs, Calvert County, Md. PaulS. Conger, associate cura- tor, section of diatoms, spent 2 months at the Chesapeake Biological Laboratory, Solomons, Md., continuing a survey of the Chesapeake Bay diatoms, certain experiments on the growth of single diatoms under natural conditions, and a study of diatoms as oyster food. In order to secure material for the rearing of Hemiptera for the purpose of trac- ing the development of structures useful in taxonomy and in the deter- mination of phylogenetic relationships, W. E. Hoffmann, associate cur- ator, division of insects, carried on considerable field work in and about the city of Washington. The first field expedition of the year in the division of invertebrate paleontology and paleobotany was carried on by Curator G. A. Cooper, - during the three summer months, in company with Dr. P. E. Cloud, Jr., of Harvard University. Several days at Batesville, Ark., yielded excellent Silurian and Mississippian fossils. After a short time at Muskogee, Okla., collecting Mississippian fossils, the party journeyed to Marathon, Tex., where some 10 days were spent in getting out blocks REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 21 for etching of Permian limestone from the Glass Mountains. Next, at Alamagordo and Silver City, N. Mex., Devonian fossils were obtained, and from here the party proceeded to Eureka, Nev., to join Dr. T. B. Nolan, of the United States Geological Survey, in mapping the Good- win formation in Goodwin Canyon. The Devonian and Lower Ordo- vician beds of some of the ranges west of Eureka were visited and the field work ended at Salt Lake City. Upon Dr. Cooper’s return, Dr. A. R. Loeblich, Jr., was engaged for 6 weeks in collecting Ordovician fossils in southern Virginia and eastern Tennessee, in the region west of Nashville, and the Silurian and Devonian in the classic areas of the valleys of the Tennessee River in west Tennessee. On a short detail in August 1946 he spent several days conferring with Dr. William H. Shideler at Miami University, Oxford, Ohio, and a like period collecting Middle Ordovician and Lower Devonian fossils in the Arbuckle Mountains, Okla. In late April 1947, at the invitation of the Oklahoma Geological Survey, he was occupied for 2 weeks in that State on stratigraphic work examin- ing and collecting from the Silurian and Lower Devonian of the Arbuckle Mountains. In addition to the above field investigations, four short:-trips were made by Drs. Cooper and Loeblich into the nearby Appalachians, which resulted in good collections and blocks containing silicified fossils for etching. The localities visited included the fine Middle Ordovician exposures about 5 miles north of Harrisonburg, Va., the Lower Devonian exposures on United States Highway No. 40 about 2%, miles west of Indian Springs, Md., the Middle Ordovician at Strasburg, Va., and the Silurian and Devonian at Keyser, W. Va., and Cumberland, Md. The 1946 summer field expedition in vertebrate paleontology, start- ing in late May, continued well into the present year. The party, composed of Curator C, Lewis Gazin and F. L. Pearce, first reexam- ined the Paleocene and Cretaceous beds of central Utah and then de- voted the greater part of the field season to prospecting and collecting fossil mammal remains from the Middle Eocene beds in the Bridger Basin of southwestern Wyoming. Collecting from the Bridger for- mation is part of a research program on the Middle Eocene faunas begun prior to the war. Asa result of these expeditions, the National Museum is building up one of the best research collections of Middle Eocene mammals in the country and has succeeded in obtaining some striking exhibition material representing this very primitive stage of mammalian evolution. The party was successful in getting much good material of the smaller, less-well-known insectivores, primates, rodents, carnivores, and artiodactyls, as well as good skulls of such animals as Hyrachyus, Palaeosyops, and Uintatherium. 2? ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 The last 2 weeks of the season were spent in going over Lower Eocene beds in the Wind River Basin of central Wyoming and in examining and making a collection from an isolated occurrence of Duchesne River, Upper Eocene, beds in the northern part of the Wind River Basin. Associate Curator D. H. Dunkle, accompanied by F. L. Pearce, left for field work near Lamy, N. Mex., prior to the close of this fiscal year. There, assisted by G. F. Sternberg, they began quarry operations at a Triassic locality for an exhibition slab of ancient amphibian skulls and other skeletal parts belonging to the genus Buetineria. This has now been quarried out and is ready for shipment to the Museum. If the season permits, they expect to examine other localities and forma- tions of still greater age for fossil fish and primitive tetrapods in the general region of east-central New Mexico, with the hope of building up a more representative collection of these forms for our study collection. The 5-month sojourn in Japan of Curator W. F. Foshag and Associate Curator E. P. Henderson may well be considered a field trip, since, whenever time permitted, studies were made on mineral- ogical subjects, local universities were visited, and arrangements for exchange of material were concluded. PUBLICATIONS Fourteen publications were issued during the year: One Annual Report, three Bulletins, two Contributions from the National Her- barium, and eight Proceedings papers. A list of these is given in the complete report on Smithsonian publications, appendix 12. The distribution of volumes and separates to libraries and other institutions and to individuals aggregated 34,952 copies. MEETINGS AND SPECIAL EXHIBITS The Smithsonian continued to make available the auditorium and lecture room of the Natural History Building to educational, scien- tific, welfare, and governmental organizations and groups for meet- ings and lectures. During the year 275 groups availed themselves of this opportunity. The foyer and adjacent space in the Natural History Building were in constant use during the year for a series of 15 special exhibits sponsored by various groups, including the Smith- sonian Centennial exhibit, which ran from August 10 to September 27, 1946. In addition, 23 special exhibits were held by the division of graphic arts—12 of etchings, lithographs, and other prints by various artists, and 11 of photographs. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 23 CHANGES IN ORGANIZATION Through a reorganization in the department of engineering and industries, a new unit under the division of crafts and industries— the section of manufactures—was established effective September 16, 1946. The section of aeronautics was changed to a division on Jan- uary 6, 1947, and at the same time the division of medicine and public health was made an independent division reporting to the head curator of the department. Respectfully submitted. ALEXANDER Wermore, Director. The SEcRETARY, Smithsonian Institution. 764815—47——_3 APPENDIX 2 REPORT ON THE NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART Sir: I have the honor to submit, on behalf of the Board of Trustees of the National Gallery of Art, the tenth annual report of the Board, covering its operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947. This report is made pursuant to the provisions of section 5 (d) of Public Resolution No. 14, Seventy-fifth Congress, first session, approved March 24, 1987 (50 Stat. 51). ORGANIZATION AND STAFF During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947, the Board consisted of the Chief Justice of the United States, the Secretary of State, the Sec- retary of the Treasury, the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, ex oflicio, and five general trustees, Samuel H. Kress, Ferdinand Lam- mot Belin, Duncan Phillips, Chester Dale, and Paul Mellon. At its annual meeting held on May 6, 1947, the Board reelected Sam- uel H. Kress as President, and Ferdinand Lammot Belin as Vice President, to serve for the ensuing year. The executive officers con- tinuing in office during the year were: Huntington Cairns, Secretary-Treasure:. David H. Finley, Director. Harry A. McBride, Administrator. Huntingten Cairns, General Counsel. John Walker, Chief Curator. Macgill James, Assistant Director. Donald D. Shepard continued to serve during the year as Adviser to the Board. On July 1, 1946, Lamont Moore was appointed Curator in charge of education and resumed his duties in the Gallery after an absence of 3 years. During that time he served in the Army of the United States in the European Theater and as Assistant Secretary to the American Commission for the Protection and Salvage of Artistic and Historic Monuments in War Areas. The three standing committees of the Board, provided for in the bylaws, as constituted at the annual meeting of the Board, held May 6, 1947, were: EXXEcurive COMMITTEE Chief Justice of the United States, ex officio, Fred M. Vinson, Chairman. Samuel H. Kress, Vice Chairman. Ferdinand Lammot Belin. 24 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY PAD) Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, Dr. Alexander Wetmore. Paul Mellon. FINANCE COMMITTEE Secretary of the Treasury, ex officio, John W. Snyder, Chairman. Samuel H. Kress, Vice Chairman. Ferdinand Lammot Belin. Paul Mellon. Chester Dale. ACQUISITIONS COMMITTEE Samuel H. Kress, Chairman. Ferdinand Lammot Belin, Vice Chairman. Duncan Phillips. Chester Dale. David E. Finley, ex officio. The permanent Government positions on the Gallery staff are filled from registers of the United States Civil Service Commission, or with its approval. On June 30, 1947, the permanent Government staff of the Gallery numbered 305 employees, as compared with 298 employees on June 30, 1946. Throughout the year a high standard of operation and maintenance of the Gallery building and grounds, and protection of the Gallery’s collections of works of art, has been sustained. APPROPRIATIONS For salaries and expenses for the upkeep and operation of the Na- tional Gallery of Art, the protection and care of works of art acquired by the Board of Trustees,-and all administrative expenses incident thereto pursuant to the provisions of section 4 (a) of Public Resolution No. 14, Seventy-fifth Congress, first session, approved March 24, 1937 (50 Stat. 51), the Congress appropriated for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947, the sum of $883,920. ‘This amount included the regular appropriation of $772,490, a supplemental appropriation of $101,000 primarily to meet the Gallery’s obligations under the Federal Em- ployees Pay Act of 1946, and an additional appropriation of $10,430 to make up other deficiencies in the 1947 appropriation caused mainly by the higher salaries paid returning veterans over war service in- cumbents, in-grade promotions, and reallocations of positions by the Civil Service Commission in 1946 and 1947, From these appropriations the following expenditures and encum- brances were incurred: RELSOM AT SET VLCC Se SN ea SE is AL $771, 508. 54 Printingand) binding ta 22 eee eee aaa 3, 999. 72 Supplies;equipment, (etc sure 2a ee ee eae 108, 382. 23 Wnencumbered) balances ss si ee ieee ee ae ae 29.51 ALO lea pe aN ls ae 883,920. 00 26 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 In addition to the above-mentioned appropriations, the Gallery re- ceived the sum of $21,600 from the Department of State to cover ex- penses during the fiscal year of the Inter-American Office of the Gallery, for the promotion of art activities between the United Sates and the Latin-American Republics. ATTENDANCE During the fiscal year 1947, there were 1,448,038 visitors to the Gal- lery building, an average daily attendance of 3,989. This attendance figure shows a decline as compared with last year, when the total number of visitors was 1,947,668. The decrease is undoubtedly due to the fact that during the first 6 months of the fiscal year there were fewer men and women from the armed services in the city and normal tourist traffic had not yet been resumed. Attendance during the last 3 months of the year has risen nearly to the 1946 level, visits of groups of school children being unusually numerous. The Sunday evening openings, featuring concerts in the Gallery’s East Garden Court without admission charge, have continued to be exceedingly popular throughout the year. CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF THE BUILDING It was necessary during the year to overhaul completely two of the large refrigeration machines, and this was successfully accomplished by the Gallery staff. Considerable improvement has been made in the care of the grounds, including the extension of the irrigation system, and the Gallery staff is now growing a large portion of the smaller plants used for the decoration of the two garden courts. The staff also produced all the special exhibition cases and several pedestals for the exhibition of Indigenous Art of the Americas (Bliss Collection), as well as the special lighting effects required for this exhibition. INSTALLATION OF ADDITIONAL AIR-CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT As stated in the annual report for the fiscal year 1946, the gradual opening of additional spaces in the Gallery building and the con- struction of six new galleries made it necessary to augment the air- conditioning equipment. This was made possible by funds donated for the purpose, and the installation of a fourth refrigeration machine is now in the final stage of completion. It was anticipated that this contract would be completed during the fiscal year 1946, but owing to various difficulties the date of completion was necessarily delayed. It is now expected that the installation should be completed and all equipment ready for operation by November 1947. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 27 PUBLICATIONS The publishing program of the National Gallery of Art, under the direction of the Custodians of the Publications Fund, has continued its expansion. During the fiscal year the third edition of Master- pieces of Painting from the National Gallery of Art, by Huntington Cairns and John Walker, was published. Arrangements also were made for the publication of an English edition. The Gallery has initiated a series of National Gallery of Art handbooks, two of which were issued during the year. These are: How to Look at Works of Art: The Search for Line, by Lois A. Bingham, and Chinese Porce- lains of the Widener Collection, by Erwin O. Christensen. Also issued during the year was a small volume of color reproductions, entitled “Favorite Paintings from the National Gallery of Art,” with accom- panying texts prepared by the Curatorial and Educational Departments. Various articles by members of the Gallery staff were published dur- ing the year. An article on Hobbes’ Theory of Law, by Huntington Cairns, appeared in the 1946 issue of Seminar, and one on Leibniz’s Theory of Law in the Harvard Law Review for December 1946. A lecture by Mr. Cairns, delivered at Harvard University on May 3, 1947, as part of a 3-day Symposium on Music Criticism, and entitled “The Future of Musical Patronage in America,” will be published by Har- vard University Press in book form. Mr. Cairns also contributed an article, “Philosophy as Jurisprudence,” to Essays in Honor of Roscoe Pound, published by Oxford University Press. A comprehensive article on the National Gallery, its collections, installations, and his- tory, prepared by J. B. Eggen, was issued at the close of 1946 as volume 57-58 of the International Museum Journal, Mouseion, Paris, France. An article on American Painters and British Critics, by John Walker, was published in the Gazette des Beaux-Arts, and a series of 12 brief articles on American paintings in the Tate Exhibition, also by Mr. Walker, appeared in The Ladies’ Home Journal. Charles Sey- mour, Jr., published an article on Thirteenth-Century Art, and another in collaboration with Hanns Swarzenski on A Madonna of Humility and Quercia’s Early Style, both appearing in the Gazette des Beaux- Arts. James W. Lane contributed to Art in America, The College Art Journal, The Catholic World, and other publications. Members of the curatorial staff under Mr. Seymour’s direction also edited the handbook of the Bliss Collection of Pre-Columbian Art, entitled “In- digenous Art of the Americas,” the text for which was supplied by Samuel Lothrop. Books by members of the staff in preparation or in press at the end of the fiscal year included The Limits of Art, by Mr. Cairns, an extensive compilation of selections of poetry and prose that have been held to be 28 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 the greatest of their kind in critical literature from Aristotle to recent times. A fully illustrated volume on the Gallery’s sculpture, designed as a companion volume to Masterpieces of Painting, by Messrs. Cairns and Walker, is being prepared by Mr. Seymour for publication next year under the title “Sculpture in-the National Gallery of Art.” A book by Elizabeth Mongan on the Gallery’s print collection will appear in 1949. A thesis on Jan Mandijn, by Charles M. Richards, will also be published. A work entitled “Three Centuries of American Paint- ing” has been prepared by James W. Lane. A comprehensive work on the Index of American Design, tentatively entitled “Made in America,” is being compiled by Mr. Christensen for publication in the near future. Another book by Mr. Christensen scheduled to appear jointly in the United States and England is entitled “Popular Art in the United States.” A picture book on the paintings and sculpture in the Widener Collection is now on the press, and five handbooks on the Widener Collection of Decorative Arts have been prepared by Mr. Christensen. Work on the revision and amplification of the Gallery’s original preliminary catalog, published in 1941, has continued. For the re- vised catalog of paintings, notes have been prepared on more than three-fourths of the new paintings not previously cataloged. The sculpture catalog, being prepared by Mr. Seymour, is also moving rapidly to completion. Other forthcoming publications by members of the Gallery staff include an article by Huntington Cairns on Robert Briffault and the Rehabilitation of the Matriarchal Theory for An Introduction to the History of Sociology, to be published by the University of Chicago Press, and also an article on The Future of Musical Patronage, to appear in the Atlantic Monthly. A second series of short articles by Mr. Walker, on paintings in the Chester Dale Collection, will ap- pear in The Ladies’ Home Journal. An article on Houdon by Mr. Seymour is scheduled for publication in the Gazette des Beaux-Arts, and an article on American Folk Art as Revealed in the Index of American Design, by Mr. Christensen, will be published in Art in America. Miss Mongan has been made an editor of the Graphic Art section of a new edition of the Encyclopaedia Britannica. Mr. Christensen has reassembled and organized unbound copies of the Widener tapestry catalog into portfolios for sale in the Information Rooms and distri- bution to colleges. The Publications Fund has continued to supply color reproductions of fine quality but moderately priced, and it is rather interesting to note that in one item—postcards of works of art—nearly 3,000,000 copies have been sold since the Gallery was opened in 1941. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 29 Publishers of large collotype reproductions of paintings in the Na- tional Gallery have added 14 new titles to their lists during the fiscal year 1947, and the Publications Fund is now able to offer a total of 52 of these large reproductions to the public. CUSTCDY OF GERMAN SILV®iR Under date of February 21, 1947, the Secretary of War requested the National Gallery of Art to provide space and safe storage for the Hohenzollern silver service, following a ruling by the War Depart- ment with the concurrence of the Treasury Department that the silver- ware 1s the property of the United States. On April 11, 1947, the Gallery received from the War Department 44 sealed cases, weighing approximately 7 tons, said to contain silverware and glassware, and placed the cases in a storage room for indefinite custody and storage. ACQUISITIONS GIFTS OF PAINTINGS AND SCULPTURE On August 8, 1946, the Board of Trustees accepted the following group of 19 French paintings from Samuel H. Kress and the Samuel H. Kress Foundation: Artist Title Boucher, Francois_____________-____. Allegory of Painting. Boucher, Francois____________--____. Allegory of Music. Boucher hrancoises 12 Vee Oye a a Madame Bergeret. Drouais, Francois-Hubert___________- Group Portrait. Fragonard, Jean-Honore____________. A Game of Horse and Rider. Fragonard, Jean-Honore___________ A Game of Hot Cockles. Fragonard, Jean-Honore____________. The Visit to the Nursery. Greuze, Jean-Baptiste_______________ Monsieur de la Live de Jully. Watteau; Antoine.——--.---_ Italian Comedians. Chardin, Jean-Baptiste Simeon______ Portrait of an Old Woman. TECHN ICO UTS 20108 ve ie A ae W Landscape with Peasants. Lorrain, Claude (Gellee, Claude) ____- The Herdsman. Nattier, Jean-Mare__-_______ Madame de Caumartin as Hebe. BOUSSIMEENTCOlASM ese oe ear ee The Baptism of Christ. Rigaud. byacinthe:* 222 kee President Hebert. Vigee-Lebrun, Hlisabeth_____________ Marquise de Laborde. Watteaus;Antoine=-s2 252 a “Sylvia” (Jeanne-Rose Guyonne Benozzi). Ingres, Jean-Auguste-Dominique__-___. Madame Moitessier. Pater, Jean-Baptiste-Joseph_________- Fete Champetre. The Board of Trustees on November 25, 1946, accepted from Samuel H. Kress and the Samuel H. Kress Foundation the painting, “The Laocoon,” by El Greco, and the portrait of Monsignor Diomede Fal- conio, by Thomas Eakins, from Stephen C. Clark. On January 7, 1947, the Board of Trustees accepted from an anonymous donor a 30 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 portrait of Gen. Dwight D. Eisenhower, by Thomas E. Stephens, to be held for a National Portrait Gallery. On May 6, 1947, the Board of Trustees accepted two paintings, “Love as Conqueror” and “Love as Folly,” by Jean-Honore Fragonard, from Miss Jean Simpson; a por- trait of Captain Charles Stewart, by Thomas Sully, from Mrs. Maude Monell Vetlesen; and also resolved to accept a bust of John Muir, by Edwin Keith Harkness, from Mrs. Ione Bellamy Harkness, to be held for a National Portrait Gallery. The Board of Trustees also on May 6, 1947, recorded their prior acceptance from Mrs. Frederica R. Giles of a painting entitled “Ships in the Scheldt Estuary,” by Abraham Storck. GIFTS OF DECORATIVE ARTS On November 25, 1946, the Board of Trustees accepted from Mrs. Lessing J. Rosenwald a miniature painting, on ivory, of Maria Miles Heyward, by Edward Greene Malbone, which was accompanied by a pin with a painting of an eye of Maria Miles Heyward, by Malbone. GIFTS OF PRINTS AND DRAWINGS The Board of Trustees, on August 8, 1946, accepted a collection of 273 prints and drawings bequeathed by Mrs. Addie Burr Clark, a further gift of 255 prints and drawings from Lessing J. Rosenwald, and 3 prints, En Ballade, by Constantine Guys, Head and Bust of a Woman, by Sir Joshua Reynolds, and Le Stryge, by Meryon, from Myron A. Hofer. On November 25, 1946, the Board of Trustees ac- cepted from Myron A. Hofer a print, Morgue, by Meryon. On January 7, 1947, the Board of Trustees accepted a further gift of 399 prints and drawings from Lessing J. Rosenwald, and an engraved portrait of Charles I of England, by Vorsterman, from Willis Ruffner. The Board of 'Trustees on May 6, 1947, accepted from an anonymous donor a mezzotint entitled “The Mill,” by Charles Turner, after Rembrandt. GIFTS TO THE INDEX OF AMERICAN DESIGN The Board of Trustees, on May 6, 1947, accepted from Albert Lewin 40 water-color drawings by Perkins Harnly for the Index of American Design. EXCHANGE OF WORKS OF ART The Board of Trustees during the fiscal year 1947 accepted the offer of Lessing J. Rosenwald to exchange an engraving by Schongauer en- titled “Crucifixion,” two lithographs by Whistler entitled “Study” and “Lady Haden,” and an engraving by Brosamer entitled “Christ on Cross,” for superior impressions of like engravings and lithographs now included in the Rosenwald Collection at the National Gallery of Art. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 31 LOAN OF WORKS OF ART TO THE GALLERY During the fiscal year 1947 the following works of art were received on loan: Particulars Artist From Mrs. Ailsa M. Bruce, New York, N. Y.: 2 tapestries. MhevRaising of Tabitha.) eee ee Tournai, c. 1460. The Conversion of the Centurion Cornelius___ Tournai, c. 1460. From George Matthew Adams, New York, N. Y.: 124 drawings and etchings. From Charles B. Harding, Laura Harding, and Catharine H. Tailer, New York, N. Y.: Bortirait ot Victor Guyes 2-22 22s eee Goya. From Mrs. Huttleston Rogers, New York, N. Y.: EISEN RST 1 Cy CLG A SS YO Monet. EVO SES peace APE Sh ce Renoir. Me -Artist-and the Widow 22-2.) .2e6 few Forain. Chemin dans le Brouillard_____-___________- Monet. Le Tribunal de Pontoise___________________. Pissarro. TGS eh JCO RD 6 DS Lh oS as ea 8 a ES Sisley. Roses in a Chinese Vase and Sculpture by TANG AEE NTIV Io) eel SS nh SI oe en at Vuillard. Tere ren ty yes SES he EN Se Gauguin. LOANED WORKS OF ART RETURNED During the year the following works of art loaned to the Gallery were returned to the lenders: Particulars Artist To the French Government: The entire collection of French paintings on loan, with the exception of Mlle. DuBourg (Mines Mantin-Latour) 2 oe ae Degas. To the Belgian Government: 12 of the 14 paintings on loan, leaving 2 pic- tures belonging to M. Stuyck del Bruyere. To the J. H. Whittemore Co., Naugatuck, Conn. : JENSEN OWE MEY COLO} A geyser Per RE Degas. To Col. Axel H. Oxholm, Washington, D. C.: MonthalsVWiashins tomas se ee eon ey Attributed to Ralph HE. Harl. To Mrs. Huttleston Rogers, New York, N. Y.: CESS Ss I TS SN eT Nie IUD Renoir. The Artist and the Widow__________________ Forain. Chemin dans le Brouillard__________________ Monet. Le Tribunal de Pontoise_____-__________.____ Pissarro. NGC RTO RO aM CT ee he TENE Le Sisley. Roses in a Chinese Vase and Sculpture by IY Toy PSE EY Ge 4 OS Me ee eee ere a nes « ened Sumas Vuillard. Mittermityee a8 os a a Gauguin. 32. ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 LOAN OF WORKS OF ART BY THE GALLERY During the fiscal year 1947, the Gallery loaned the following works of art for exhibition purposes: Particulars Artist To The Art Institute of Chicago, Chicago, IIl.: 3 rugs. To M. Knoedler & Co., New York, N. Y.: Ralph Waldo Wmerson___-_------_-----_--_ Thomas Sully. To the National Collection of Fine Arts, Washing- ton, D. C.: 4 miniatures: Louis de Bourbon, Prince de Conde_______ Petitot. Henri Jules, Duc d’Albert_______________ Petitot. Maria Miles Heyward__________________ Malbone. Pin with painting of an eye of Maria Miles Hey wand GGu as tS ee Malbone. To the Wildenstein Galleries, New York, N. Y.: ST@O ZAM Sail po eee ete eR a Winslow Homer. To the Society of the Cincinnati, Washington, D. C.: IN eine lee yrhio John Trumbull. To the J. B. Speed Memorial Museum, Louisville, Ky.: Mlenisy; Gays: 25 ates ita e a RC Ui John James Audubon. fen ry: Mabe mn ge 2 Sea oe esse eR ay EE se eae John Singleton Copley. Andrew. Jackson 322 wis Gaps ss 5 ea ae se Ralph EH. Earl. DOW Gi CULT GOT OO aie Ln Sa a ie RN John Wesley Jarvis. Jane Cutler! Doanew2 iis 2 Gee ee ue Samuel King. SWVaT ep AR Se 2 Ea a eter NE aloes aac os John Neagle. General William Moultrie___________________ Charles Willson Peale. George Washington_________________________ Rembrandt Peale. Wbesh, (Cxeroreregs) 12x) Daye tee 8 Gilbert Stuart. Governor Charles Ridgely____ sia Se NRRL SS, Thomas Sully. James! MONROE Skee Gn aS ee ha eke John Vanderlyn. SebiP Ort ait) (acess een ie eA okra anne Ae Benjamin West. Mary. WialtonvMo ni] Se 22 see 2 ele Oh John Wollaston. To the Tate Gallery, London, England: 150 examples from the Index of American Design. To the U. 8. Department of State, Blair-Lee House, Washinton, D .C.: Daniel SW eDSlere ese ee tte cee Ne George P. A. Healy. To the White House, Washington, D. C.: Men of Progress) Sn een ______._. Schussele. George Washington (porthole portrait) ______ Rembrandt Peale. ANGTeW. JACKSON 22s sere ther arte a ey a Ralph E. Earl. EXHIBITIONS The following exhibitions were held at the National Gallery of Art during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947: Life of Christ as depicted in the etchings of Rembrandt. Prints from the Rosenwald Collection and an anonymous lender, from May 14 to September 8, 1946. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 33 Audubon prints, “Birds of America.” Elephant folio set by John James Audu- bon, from May 26 to July 28, 1946. Music in prints. Prints from the Rosenwald Collection, from June 18 to Decem- ber 8, 1946. Made in America. One hundred and eleven water colors from the Index of American Design, from August 4 to September 15, 1946. American etchings, woodcuts, and lithographs. Prints from the collection of the National Gallery of Art, from September 11 to October 2, 1946. New acquisitions in the Rosenwald Collection. Additional prints and draw- ings acquired by Lessing J. Rosenwald, from September 22 to December 1, 1946. Sculpture, drawings, and prints by Rodin. From the collections of Mrs. John W. Simpson and Lessing J. Rosenwald, from October 6 to December 12, 1946. Paintings looted from Holland by the Nazis, returned through the efforts of the United States Armed Forces. Forty-six paintings circulated under the supervision of the Albright Art Gallery, Buffalo, N. Y.; scheduled for showing at various museums throughout the country; shown at National Gallery from December 7, 1946, to January 1, 1947. Liber Studiorum, by J. M. W. Turner. Prints from the National Gallery of Art collections, from December 10, 1946, to April 27, 1947. The Christmas Story in prints. Prints from the National Gallery of Art collections, from December 138, 1946, to February 5, 1947. Prints and drawings by Aiphonse Legros. Prints and drawings from the cel- lection of George Matthew Adams, of New York, from January 12 to February 16, 1947. American paintings. Portraits from the collection cf the National Gallery of Art, from February 23 to March 30, 1947. Woodcuts, lithographs, and etchings by Paul Gauguin and Edvard Munch. Prints by Gauguin lent anonymously, prints by Munch from the Rosenwald Collection, from April 6 to May 30, 1947. Indigenous Art of the Americas. Pre-Columbian art from the collection of the Honorable Robert Woods Bliss, of Washington, D. C., from April 18, 1947, to continue for an indefinite period. Prints and drawings by William Blake. Prints from the National Gallery of Art collections and loans, from April 29 to June 8, 1947. Chiaroscuro woodcuts from the sixteenth through the eighteenth centuries. Lent anonymously. Opened June 8, 1947. Prints by James Abbott MeNeill Whistler. Prints from the collection of the National Gallery of Art, opened June 13, 1947. TRAVELING EXHIBITIONS Index of American Design. Exhibitions from this collection of water colors, drawings, etc., have been shown during the fiscal year 1947 at the following places: Lyman Allyn Museum, New London, Conn.; Seamen’s Bank for Savings, New York, N. Y.; Hood College, Frederick, Md.; Dallas Museum of Fine Arts, Dallas, Tex.; North- western University, Evanston, Hl.; Library of Congress, Washington, D. C.; Lakeside Press Galleries, Chicago, Ill.; Philadelphia Museum of Art, Philadelphia, Pa.; Massillon Museum, Massillon, Ohio; Col- lege of Wooster, Wooster, Ohio; McMurray Cellege for Women, Jack- 34. ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 sonville, Ill.; Salt Lake City Junior League, Salt Lake City, Utah; Palette Club, Ogden, Utah; Rockford Art Association, Rockford, I1.; Speed Memorial Museum, Louisville, Ky.; N. W. Ayer Gallery, Phila- delphia, Pa.; and the American Federation of Arts, Washington, D. C., for circulation throughout the United States. Rosenwald prints. During the fiscal year 1947 special exhibitions of prints from the Resenwald Collection were circulated to the follow- ing places: The Art Institute of Chicago, Chicago, II1.: ( William Hogarth collection of engravings. October to November, 1946. Duke University, Durham, N. C.: Daumier loan exhibition. December 1946. Philadelphia Museum of Art, Philadelphia, Pa.: Survey of water color. Nine water colors, four miniatures, including Blake, Fragonard, Gauguin, Rembrandt, Cameron, and MecBey. February to March, 1947. The Mint Museum of Art, Charlotte, N. C.: Daumier loan exhibition. February 1947. California Palace of the Legion of Honor, San Francisco, Calif. : Nineteenth-century French exhibition of drawings by Manet, Delacroix, Daumier, Degas; from the Rosenwald and Hofer Collections. March 1947. The University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. ©.: Daumier loan exhibition. March 1947. Detroit Institute of Arts, Detroit, Mich.: Six centuries of prints. May to August, 1947. . Four exhibitions of Rosenwald prints were arranged and held at Alverthorpe Gallery, Jenkintown, Pa. VARIOUS GALLERY ACTIVITIES During the period from July 1, 1946, through June 80, 1947, a total of 52 Sunday evening concerts were given in the East Garden Court of the Gallery. The concerts were free to the public, and were at- tended by over 50,000 persons. During March 1947 five concerts were devoted to American composers, comprising the Gallery’s Fourth American Music Festival. A total of 4,056 copies of press releases, 130 special permits to copy paintings in the Gallery, and 107 special permits to photograph in the Gallery were issued during the year. Of the seven 16-mm. sound prints of the film, National Gallery of Art, originally owned by the Gallery, three have been sent to foreign countries. The first gift was to the National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne, Australia; another print was deposited with the Amer- ican Embassy in Paris on indefinite loan, and later was given to the Embassy; a third print was given to the American Embassy in Lis- bon, Portugal. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 35 The film was made available to 16 institutions and individuals dur- ing the year. One of the 16-mm. prints was on loan in South Carolina for several months during the winter, in which time it was viewed by approximately 3,000 people. INDEX OF AMERICAN DESIGN For the period from July 1, 1946, to June 30, 1947, reproductions of Index material were used in a number of magazines, including Fortune, Life, Antiques, The American Collector, Architectural Re- view, and Art in America. There were 118 new users of the Index this year, and 24 people revisited the collection. The great majority of them made a special trip to Washington for the purpose of study- ing Index material. ‘They included a university class in American art, designers, manufacturers, artists interested in design motifs, authors, editors, publishers, etc. A total of 1,048 photographs of Index designs were sold for use in commercial design by individuals and by firms, for hobbies, for publications, for teaching purposes, for publicity, and for reference and exhibitions. During the year 449 new slides were made of Index material for use in lectures. INTER-AMERICAN OFFICE During the fiscal year 1947 the Inter-American Office of the Na- tional Gallery of Art has continued to devote its efforts to the circu- lation of exhibitions in the other American Republics. These exhibi- tions, two of original works of art and six consisting of photographic panels, have been very well received in Latin America. CURATORIAL DEPARTMENT _ During the past year there were 1,510 new accessions by the Gallery as gifts, loans, or deposits, including paintings, sculpture, prints, and the decorative arts. These accessions were registered and the great majority placed on exhibition, or in the case of prints, placed on file and available to the public. A total of 161 works of art were brought to the Gallery for expert opinion, and 92 visits were made to collec- tions of private individuals in connection with offers of gift or loan, or possible acquisitions for the Gallery. The curatorial staff made 290 written and 293 verbal replies to questions from the public requiring research. During the year 17 lectures and 3 lecture courses were given by members of the curatorial staff. Other activities of the Curatorial Department: include the follow- ing: The collections of paintings and drawings belonging to the French and the Belgian Governments were packed and dispatched to Europe during this year; the collection of American paintings assembled by 36 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 the Gallery for exhibition at the Tate Gallery in England was re- ceived, unpacked, inspected, and returned to its original owners; a collection of 46 paintings from Dutch sources was received, exhibited, and dispatched on its tour of the United States; and the Bliss Collec- tion of Pre-Columbian Art was exhibited in a special installation ar- ranged by the curatorial staff at the entrance of the central gallery. The cataloging and filing of photographs in the Richter Archive is now four-fifths finished. RESTORATION AND REPAIR OF WORKS OF ART With the authorization of the Board and the approval of the Chief Curator the necessary restoration and repair of works of art in the Gallery’s collection were made by Stephen S. Pichetto, Consultant Restorer to the Gallery. All work was completed in the Restorer’s studio in the Gallery. EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM The survey tours of the whole collection continue to be a vital part of the Educational Department’s program, satisfying the demand of the many sightseers and newcomers to Washington who feel the need for a general introduction to the Gallery as a whole. More than 10,000 persons attended the General, Congressional, and Wing Tours, while over 27,000 attended the Gallery Talks and the Picture of the Week. Approximately 28,000 came to hear the lectures and other programs in the auditorium. Special appointments, tours, and conferences were arranged for 2,169 persons. The Educational Department has con- tinued the publication of a printed monthly announcement of all the Galiery’s activities. It has a circulation of 5,900 copies. LIBRARY A total of 1,076 books, 467 pamphlets, and 596 periodicals were given to the National Gallery of Art; 20 books were purchased and 27 periodicals were subscribed to. A total of 59 books, 119 pamphlets, and 893 bulletins were received on exchange from other institutions; 204 photographs and 80 slides were presented as gifts to the library. Outstanding among the gifts were 75 American history books, par- ticularly useful as background material for the Index of American Design. This year, 2,054 books were borrowed and returned, 1,986 of which were borrowed from the Library of Congress. For the remain- ing 68, the Gallery is indebted to museum and university libraries and public libraries. PHOTOGRAPHIC DEPARTMENT During the year the photographic laboratory of the Gallery made 17,111 prints, 506 black-and-white slides, and 1,729 color slides, in REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 30 addition to 2,170 negatives, and 87 X-rays, infrared photographs, ultraviolet photographs, and color separation negatives. OTHER GIFTS During the year gifts of books on art and related material were made to the Gallery Library by Paul Mellon, David K. E. Bruce, the Victoria and Albert Museum, Chester Dale, Miss Fernande L. Herr- man, and Dr. Herbert Friedmann. Gifts of money during the fiscal year 1947 were made by Paul Mellon, Mrs. Maude Monell Vetlesen, and David E. Finley. A sum of money was anonymously given with the provision that the income therefrom will be available for the acquisi- tion of contemporary works of art by American artists, and for prizes and awards to American artists. AUDIT OF PRIVATE FUNDS OF THE GALLERY An audit has been made of the private funds of the Gallery for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947, by Price, Waterhouse & Co., public accountants, and the certificate of that company on its examination of the accounting records maintained for such funds will be forwarded to the Gallery. Respectfully submitted. Huntineron Cairns, Secretary. _ Tue SEcrETarY, Smithsonian Institution. APPENDIX 3 REPORT ON THE NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the activities of the National Collection of Fine Arts for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947: THE SMITHSONIAN ART COMMISSION The twenty-fourth annual meeting of the Smithsonian Art Com- mission was held on Friday, December 6, 1946, having been postponed from its regular date, the first Tuesday in December. ‘The members assembled at 10:30 a. m., in the Smithsonian Building to pass on the works of art which had been offered during the year. The following action was taken : Accepted for the National Collection of Fine Arts Oil painting, Self Portrait, by G. P. A. Healy (1818-94). Gift of Ruel P. Tolman. Oil painting, A Morning in Summer, by Leonard Ochtman, N. A. (1854-1934). Henry Ward Ranger bequest. Plaster bust of Charles Henry Niehaus, by Adolph Alexander Weinman, N. A. (1870— ). Gift of Miss Marie J. Niehaus. Plaster plaque of Joseph Pennell, by John Flanagan (1865- ). Gift of Miss A. Margaretta Archambault. Raku tea bowl, made by Yanagisawa Kien (1703-58). Gift of Miss Catharine McK. Ames. Miniature, Portrait of a Man, by George Catlin (1796-1872). Gift of Bernard N. Burnstine: Twenty-two miniatures and one silver medal. Gift of Mrs. Henry DuPré Bounetheau: Mrs. Arthur Middleton (1791-1840) (Alicia Hopton Russell), by Henry B. Bounetheau (1797-1877), after the original by Andrew Robertson, 1836. Peter Bounetheau in Magistrate’s Robes (1742-98), father of the artist, by Henry B. Bounetheau, after head of the Benbridge miniature. Peter Bounetheau (1742-98), by Henry Benbridge (1744-1812). Mrs. John Middleton (Mary Burroughs), by Henry B. Bounetheau, after an HWnglish artist. Self Portrait, 1867, after picture when 50 years old, by Henry B. Bounetheau. Mrs. Henry B. Bounetheau (1822-69) (Julia Clarkson DuPré), by Henry B. Bounetheau. Henry DuPré Bounetheau, 1849 (1842-1901), by Henry B. Bounetheau. Mme. Julia DuPré, about 1830, mother of Mrs. Henry B. Bounetheau, by a French artist. 38 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 39 Henry Gourdin, of Charleston, godfather of the artist’s son, by Henry B. Bounetheau. Portrait of an Unknown Man, painted about 1838-42, by Henry B. Bounetheau. Portrait of an Unknown Woman, painted about 1840-60, by Henry B. Bounetheau. Portrait of an Unknown Woman, by an Hnglish artist. Napoleon as General, by Henry B. Bounetheau, after Sully, after Appiani. ' King Lear in the Storm, by Henry B. Bounetheau, after Sir Joshua Reynolds. George Washington, by Henry B. Bounetheau, after Gilbert Stuart. Henry B. Bounetheau’s Aunt, c. 1804, by Edward Greene Malbone (1777-1807). Portrait of an Unknown Woman, by an unknown artist. Frances Anne Kemble (1809-93), by Henry B. Bounetheau, after Thomas Sully. General George Washington, by Henry B. Bounetheau, after the Trumbull at Charleston, 8. C. Napoleon Bonaparte, by Henry B. Bounetheau, after Favre. Unmasked, by Henry B. Bounetheau, after a colored engraving by W. Nicholas, after the painting by Mrs. Pierson, published in London, April 1, 1831, by J. Brookes. Sleeping Beauty, by Henry B. Bounetheau. Silver medal awarded to Mr. Bounetheau for the best miniatures on ivory, by The South Carolina Institute, 1849. Accepted for the Smithsonian Institution Bronze statue, Ecstasy, by Francisco Albert. Gift of the sculptor. Celadon vase, made by Makuzu Kozan. Gift of Milo HE. Hmmerson. The members then met in the Regents Room, adjacent, for further proceedings of the annual meeting. The meeting was called to order by the chairman, Mr. Manship, at 11: 25 a. m. The members present were: Paul Manship, chairman; Dr. Alexander Wetmore, secretary (member, ex officio) ; and Robert W. Bliss, John N. Brown, George H. Edgell, David E. Finley, George H. Myers, Archibald G. Wenley, and James E. Fraser. Ruel P. Tolman, Director of the National Collection of Fine Arts, also attended. The resignation of Louis Ayres was submitted and accepted with regret. The secretary was instructed to write Mr. Ayres expressing the appreciation of the Commission for his valuable services while a member. The resignation of Frank J. Mather, a charter member, was sub- mitted and accepted with regret. The secretary was instructed to invite Mr. Mather to all future meetings, and to inform him that the Commission would consider him a member emeritus. The Commission recommended to the Board of Regents the name of William T. Aldrich to succeed Mr. Ayres, and Lloyd Goodrich to succeed Mr. Mather. The Commission recommended the re-election of John Taylor Arms, Gifford Beal, and Gilmore D. Clarke for the usual 4-year period. 764815474 AO ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 The following officers were elected for the ensuing year: Paul Manship, chairman; Robert Woods Bliss, vice chairman; and Dr. Alexander Wetmore, secretary. i The following were elected members of the executive committee for the ensuing year: David E. Finley, chairman, Robert Woods Bliss, and Gilmore D. Clarke. Paul Manship, as chairman of the Commis- sion, and Dr. Alexander Wetmore, as secretary of the Commission, are ex officio members of the executive committee. : THE CATHERINE WALDEN MYER FUND Nine miniatures, water color on ivory unless otherwise stated, were acquired from the fund established through the bequest of the late Catherine Walden Myer, as follows: 55. Portrait of an Officer, signed “‘Rockstuhl, fec.’; from James W. Lane, Chevy Chase, Md. 56. Portrait of a Young Man, by unknown artist; from James W. Lane, Chevy Chase, Md. 57. Portrait of a Gentleman, by Henry Inman, N. A. (1801-46), water color on paper; from Mrs. Dorothy Draper Hamlen Sale, Parke-Bernet Galleries, Ine., New York City. 58. Portrait of a Gentleman, by Thomas Seir Cummings (1804-94); from Mrs. Dorothy Draper Hamlen Sale, Parke-Bernet Galleries, Inc., New York City. 59. Joseph W. Faber of Charleston, 8. C., by Charles Fraser (1782-1860) ; from Mrs. Dorothy Draper Hamlen Sale, Parke-Bernet Galleries, Inc., New York City. 60. Alexander Rose, by John Ramage (before 1763-1802); from Mrs. Dorothy Draper Hamlen Sale, Parke-Bernet Galleries, Inc., New York City. 6i. Harriet Hampton, by Charles Fraser (1782-1860); from Mrs. Dorothy Draper Hamlen Sale, Parke-Bernet Galleries, Inc., New York City. 62. Roger Brooke Taney (1777-1864), by unknown artist; from Mamie C. Faulconer, Alexandria, Va. 63. Little Girl with Doll, by John Carlin (1813-91); from Edmund Bury, Philadelphia, Pa. LOANS ACCEPTED Two enamel miniature portraits of Louis de Bourbon, Prince de Conde, and Henri Jules, Duc d’Albret, by Jean Petitot, the Younger (b. 1653), with frames by Gilles Legare de Chaumont (1610-c1653), and two miniatures on ivory, a Portrait of Maria Miles Heyward (Mrs. William Drayton), and her “Eye,’ by Edward Greene Malbone, about 1803, were lent by the National Gallery of Art, with the permission of the donor, Lessing J. Rosenwald, on March 6, 1947. One miniature on ivory, Portrait of Robert Goodloe Harper (1765— 1825), by Benjamin Trott, was lent by the family of Robert Goodloe Harper Speed, on June 27, 1947. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY > 41 WITHDRAWALS BY OWNERS Two Bohemian glass vases, lent in 1928, were withdrawn by the owner, Mrs. Robert Lee Preston, on August 2, 1946. A collection of 22 pieces of porcelain and bronzes, lent in 1918, was withdrawn by the owner, Mrs. Geraldine L. Hitchcock, on April 3, 1947. An oil painting, Portrait of Mrs. Stephen Decatur (Susan Wheeler), by Gilbert Stuart, and four crayon drawings on paper, by Saint Memin, of Ann Decatur Pine, Capt. James McKnight, Capt. Stephen Decatur, Sr., and Ann Pine McKnight Decatur, lent in 1943, were withdrawn by the owner, Mrs. William F. Machold, on April 15, 1947. An oil painting, Portrait of Hon. Charles Evans Hughes, by George Burroughs Torrey, lent in 1936, and a marble bust of Hon. Charles Evans Hughes, by Bryant Baker, lent in 1948, were with- drawn by the owner, Mr. Hughes, on May 21, 1947. Five oil paintings, Hildegarde, Poinsettia, Maternity, The Old Miniature, and Study of a Young Woman, by Wallace Bryant, and a photomechanical reproduction of The Age of Innocence, lent in 1916, were withdrawn by the owner, Wallace Bryant, on June 6, 1947. An oil painting, Portrait of Lt. Gen. Mark W. Clark, by M. Arnold Nash, lent in 1944, was withdrawn by the owner, Mrs. Mark W. Clark, on June 9, 1947. LOANS TO OTHER MUSEUMS AND ORGANIZATIONS An oil painting, Portrait of Stephen Decatur, by Gilbert Stuart, was lent to M. Knoedler & Co., Inc., New York City, for their Wash- ington Irving Exhibition, October 8 to 26, 1946. (Returned October 29, 1946.) Two oil paintings, Old Church at Giverny, and La Vachere, by Theodore Robinson, were lent to the Brooklyn Museum, Brooklyn, N. Y., to be included in an exhibition of the work of the artist, Novem- ber 12, 1946, to January 5, 1947. Two plaster busts (bronzed), George Washington, and Thomas Jefferson, by Houdon, and four vases, were lent to The White House December 3, 1946, for an indefinite period. An oil painting, Portrait of Herbert Hoover, by Edmund C. Tar- bell, was lent to The Century Association for an exhibition of portraits of members who were Presidents of the United States, January 9 to February 16,1947. (Returned February 27, 1947.) Two oil paintings, Entrance to the Harbor, and Groton Long Point Dunes, by Henry Ward Ranger, and four miniatures, Mrs. Putnam 42 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Catlin and Portrait of a Man, by George Catlin, and John Trumbull Ray and Portrait of a Gentleman, by Thomas S. Cummings, were lent to the Lyman Allyn Museum, New London, Conn., to be included in their Fifteenth Anniversary Exhibition, Eighty Eminent Painters of Connecticut, March 9 to April 20, 1947. (Returned April 28, 1947.) An oil painting, The Signing of the Treaty of Ghent, 1814, by Sir Amedee Forestier, was lent April 3, 1947, to the Committee on Un- American Activities, to be hung in its committee room for an indefinite ‘period. Two oil paintings, At Nature’s Mirror, and Sunset, Navarro Ridge, California Coast, by Ralph Albert Blakelock, were lent to the Whitney Museum of American Art, New York City, to be included in an ex- hibition of paintings by the artist, April 21 through May 29, 1947. (Returned June 6, 1947.) LOANS RETURNED An oil painting, Fired On, by Frederic Remington, lent to The White House, June 7, 1945, was returned July 17, 1946. THE HENRY WARD RANGER FUND No. 69. South Dakota Evening, by Jes W. Schlaikjer, A. N. A. (1897- __), previously assigned to Vassar College, Poughkeepsie, N. Y.., was reassigned November 21, 1946, to San Joaquin Pioneer and His- torical Society, Stockton, Calif. The following two paintings were recalled for action on the part of the Smithsonian Art Commission, in accordance with the provision in the Ranger bequest. The Smithsonian Art Commission decided not to accept the paintings and they were returned to the museums to which they were originally assigned: No. 7. The Shrine of the Rain Gods, by E. Irving Couse, N. A. (1866-1936) , assigned to the Toledo Museum of Art, Toledo, Ohio. No. 112. Medieval Art, by Edwin H. Blashfield, N. A. (1848-1986), assigned to the William Rockhill Nelson Gallery of Art, Kansas City, Mo. THE NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS REFERENCE LIBRARY A total of 405 publications (255 volumes and 150 pamphlets) were accessioned, ‘This number includes 162 volumes and 41 pamphlets purchased, the priced auction catalogs of the Parke-Bernet Galleries accounting for 44 volumes and 82 pamphlets. The other accessions were publications received by exchange, gift, or transfer. The year’s additions brought the total library accessions to 10,540, plus the vol- umes of serials formerly accessioned by the Museum Library for the National Gallery of Art, now the National Collection of Fine Arts. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 43 SPECIAL EXHIBITIONS June 28 through July 21, 1946.—Exhibition of 33 pieces of sculpture in bronze, marble, obsidian, wood, and stone, by Francisco Albert, of Mexico, held under the patronage of His Excellency, Sefor Dr. Don. Antonio de los Monteros, the Mexican Ambassador to the United States. A catalog was privately printed. July 3 through 21, 1946—Exhibition of 72 Swedish wartime car- toons, sponsored by the American Scandinavian Foundation and the Sverige-Amerika Stiftelsen. August 10 through September 25, 1946.—Smithsonian Centennial Exhibition. The National Collection of Fine Arts endeavored to honor those who had contributed to its collections, with examples of their gifts. About 50 specimens, covering 100 years, were shown. October 3 through November 3, 1946—An oil painting, Portrait of President Harry S. Truman, by John Slavin, of Richmond, Va., was shown in Gallery 2. October 9 through 29, 1946.—The Fitty-sixth Annual Exhibition of the Society of Washington Artists, consisting of 103 specimens of paintings and sculpture. November 6 through 29, 1946.—The Ninth Metropolitan State Art - Contest, held under the auspices of the District of Columbia Chapter, American Artist’s Professional League, assisted by the Entre Nous Club, consisting of 299 specimens of paintings, sculpture, prints, ceramics, and metalcraft. December 12, 1946, through January 12, 1947—The Forty-fifth An- nual Exhibition of Miniatures by The Pennsylvania Society of Minia- ture Painters, consisting of 73 miniatures. Reprint of catalog used in Philadelphia. March 7 through 30, 1947.—The Fifty-first Annual Exhibition of the Washington Water Color Club, consisting of 258 paintings and prints. A catalog was privately printed. March 7 through 30, 1947 —The Fourteenth Annual Exhibition of The Miniature Painters, Sculptors and Gravers Society of Washington, D. C., consisting of 144 examples. A catalog was privately printed. April 10 through 30, 1947.—Exhibition of 18 paintings, 4 pieces of sculpture, and photographs, by Hugh Almaraz, of Bolivia, was held under the patronage of His Excellency, the Ambassador of Bolivia and Sefiora de Martinez Vargas, and the Pan American Union. A catalog was printed by the Pan American Union. June 4 through 29, 1947 —Exhibition of 29 Hawaiian Flower Panels in pastel, by Maurice Kidjel, was held under the patronage of the Dele- gate to Congress from Hawaii and Mrs. Joseph R. Farrington. A catalog was privately printed. 44 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 The writer, who for some years had been Acting Director, was ap- pointed Director of the National Collection of Fine Arts on J uly 28, 1946. Respectfully submitted. R. P. Totman, Director. Dr. A. Wermore, Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. APPENDIX 4 REPORT ON THE FREER GALLERY OF ART Sir: I have the honor to submit the twenty-seventh annual report on the Freer Gallery of Art for the year ended June 30, 194°. THE COLLECTIONS Additions to the collections by purchase were as follows: BRONZE 46.18. Chinese (Ordos) , Han dynasty (207 B. C.—-A. D. 220). Hemispherical bowl with slightly everted lip; brown patina with areas of malachite and earthy encrustation; welded to one side is a flat horizontal handle on which stands the figure of a mule cast in the round. 0.106 x 0.182 x 0.128. 46.31. Chinese, Shang dynasty (1766-1122 B. C.). Ceremonial vessel of the type ting, light grayish-green patina with some encrustation; areas of mata- chite, azurite, and cuprite inside; decorated with casting in intaglio and relief; inscription of three characters. (Illustrated.) 0.854 x 0.282. 47.1. Chinese, 4th-3d century B. C. Folding bronze tripodal stand in three parts; decorated with gold and silver inlay. 0.574 (over all, folded). GLASS 46.29. Chinese, T’ang dynasty (A. D. 618-906). Oblate bowl with broad base smaller mouth, thickened lip, and deeply concave base; thick green glass, surface ground on outside except for small transparent area in center of base; inside roughened and iridescent with deterioration; rust stain on base. 0.080 x 0.147. GOLD 46.20— Chinese, T‘ang dynasty (A. D. 618-906). Pair of Apsarases modeled in 46.21. the round in flying position with flowing robes; scarves and jeweled streamers in filigree work around bodies; crowns and floral necklaces; extended hands hold lotus flowers; ears pierced for earrings; each on an intricate filigree cloud pattern support. 0.087 x 0.088 x 0.027; 0.037 x 0.081 x 0.024. 46.22. Chinese, Six dynasties period (A. D. 265-589). Pair of plaques, each a thin sheet of gold with a winged horse in repoussé relief; vine patterns in background and double border of V pattern; fragments of plaster adhering to reverse side of each. 0.075 x 0.120 x 0.019; 0.075 x 0.120 x 0.016. JADE 47.10. Chinese, 5th-3d century B. C. Cylindrical covered cup of Kotan nephrite; supported on three small feet; annular handle on one side; decoration carved in relief and intaglio; three small coiled dragons on cover. (Illustrated.) 0.170 x 0.098. 45 46 46.12. 47.2. 47.3. 47.4 47.6 40.7 46.13. 46.14 46.16 46.17. 46.26 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 MANUSCRIPT Persian, A. D. 1556-1565. Haft Awrang (“Seven Thrones’), the seven mathnavi poems of Jami; book of 303 folios plus 1 added folio; 28 minia- ture paintings in gold and color; illuminated headpieces, tailpieces, and space fillers; margins of various colors with bird and flower patterns in red and gold; repairs on some pages; lacquered binding 19th century. 0.342 x 0.232 (page size). Armenian, A. D. 10th century. Page from a Gospel manuscript on parch- ment; canon tables on both sides; brown-black writing and decorations in red, yellow, and purple; torn and stained on edges. 0.328 x 0.246. Armenian, A. D. 10th century. Page from a Gospel manuscript on parch- ment; on reverse: canon table; on obverse: the four evangelists standing in arches; brown-black writing and decorations in red, yellow, and purple; torn and stained on edges. 0.334 x 0.251. Armenian, A. D. 10th century. Page from a Gospel manuscript on parch- ment; canon tables ‘on both sides; brown-black writing and decoration in red, yellow, and purple; torn and stained on edges. 0.3829 x 0.248. Persian, A. D. 1557. Leaf from Yusuf u-Zulaikha by Jami; Persian text in small nasta‘lig script; manuscript leaf inlaid in larger leaf of red-brown paper with border designs in gold; recto: horses in rock landscape; verso: floral scrolls with feline heads devouring antelopes; wormholes and small tears along two edges. 0.251 x 0.248. Persian, A. D. 1557. Leaf from Yusuf u-Zulaikha by Jami; Persian text in small nasta‘lig script; manuscript leaf inlaid in larger leaf of grayish- brown paper with border designs in gold; recto: floral scrolls and arabesques; verso: lions, foxes, and birds in landscape; wormbholes. 0.252 x 0.149. PAINTING Persian, A. D. middle 16th century. Winter scene: Safi and courtier conversing at a shrine; color; three lines of nasta‘liq script in upper left corner ; set in an old album mount with floral designs and writing in red nasta‘liq script. 0.3828 x 0.226. Persian, A. D. 1841, Mongol (1l-Khan) period, Inji school. Leaf from a manuscript of Mu’nis al-Ahradr ft Daqd’iq al-Ash‘ar: The Moon and Fish ; 12 different kinds of birds in two registers; text in black naskhi script; paper torn and colors rubbed in places; old repairs and modern margin. 0.195 x 0.134. Persian, A. D. middle 14th century, Mongol (Il-Khin) period, Inji school. Leaf from a Shanadmah: Arzu, the jeweler’s daughter plays before Bah- ram Gur; colors and gold; paint on three faces rubbed off; text in black naskht script; red rulings; marginal additions in nasta‘liq. 0.290 x 0.209. Indian, Akbar period (A. D. 1556-1605), Mughal. Lion hunt in a moun- tainous landscape; colors and gold; cut-out passages in nasta‘liq script around painting; on reverse: four lines of Persian poetry in nasta‘liq script ; Slightly torn ; bits of paint chipped off. 0.186 x 0.106. Persian, Timtrid period (A. D. ca. 1425-1450), Samarquand school, Ulugh Beg with ladies of his harem and retainers; colors and gold; six lines of Persian poetry in nasta‘lig script in lower left corner; cuts and breaks in paper. (Illustrated.) 0.317 x 0.241. Secretary's Report, 1947.—Appendix 4 PLATE 46.30 RECENT ADDITIONS TO THE COLLECTION OF THE FREER GALLERY OF ART ’ Secretary's Report, 1947.—Appendix 4 PLATE 2 46.31 RECENT ADDITIONS TO THE COLLECTION OF THE FREER GALLERY OF ART. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 47 46.27. Indian, Rajput period (A. D. 17th century), Rajasthani, probably Jaipur school. Woman holding a vind and flower under a tree with a deer, attracted by the music, in front of her; drawing in black on yellowish paper ; on reverse: Small drawing of bust of a woman in black and gold; small stains, tears, and some flaking. 0.166 x 0.113. 46.28 Indian, Mughal period (A. D. ca. 1619), school of Jahangir. Durbar scene of Jahangir ; colors and gold ; mounted on an album leaf; two inscriptions and identification notes; slight flaking. 0.169 x 0.123. 47.5. Arabic (Mesopotamia), A. D. 1224. Baghdad school. Illustration from an Arabie manuscript of the Materia Medica of Dioscorides; the Greek physician Erasistratos lying on a low bench with an assistant standing in front of him; opaque colors and gold; text on both sides in naskhi script; a few wormholes and tears. 0.322 x 0.248. PAINTING AND MANUSCRIPT 46.15. Persian, A. D. 16th-17th century. Composite leaf consisting of a drawing of Dancing Sifis by Ustad Muhammadi of Herat, a painting of A Cluster of Primroses by Murad, a page of prose in nasia‘liq script, and a page of poetry in nasta‘liq by Shah Mahmid; old album mounting with floral decoration in gold. 0.450 x 0.303. POTTERY 46.24, Chinese, Ch‘ing dynasty, Yung-chéng period (A. D. 1723-1736). Small bottle-shaped vase with tall neck and flaring lip; white porcelain covered with pale opaque blue-gray glaze called “claire de lune”; brown dressing on raw footrim; four-character mark in underglaze blue on base. 0.101 x 0.070. 46.25. Chinese, Ytian dynasty (A. D. 1279-1368), Lung-ch‘tian. Vase with oc- tagonal body, spreading foot, swelling body, and short tapering neck; grayish-white porcelain covered with thick opaque gray-green crackled glaze inset with 24 panels of reddish-brown biscuit showing human figures and floral patterns molded in relief. 0.275 x 0.175. 46.30. Egyptian, Fatimid period (A. D. 11th-12th century). Bowl on low foot rim; soft, fine-grained reddish clay covered with white tin glaze; decorated, inside: a dancing girl in yellow gold luster ; outside: irregular circles and markings in reddish luster now partly rubbed off; repairs, five missing sherds replaced by painted plaster. (Illustrated.) 0.067 x 0.261. 47.8. Mesopotamian, A. D. 12th century, Rakka. Bowl with wide everted rim and low foot; coarse whitish clay covered with transparent green glaze; decorations under glaze painted in black on white slip showing a heron ; repairs, two pieces of rim missing. 0.076 x 0.266. 47.9. Persian, Mongol period (about A. D. 1800), Sultanabad. Deep bowl with wide horizontal rim flange and foot rim; grayish medium-grained clay covered with clear transparent glaze over decoration in black outline and brown slip showing a running gazelle; lower body and foot unglazed ; two small repairs on rim flange. 0.148 x 0.270. SILVER 46.19. Chinese, Han dynasty (207 B. C—A. D. 220). Plaque of solid, low-grade silver ; rough and tarnished; obverse shows a leaping wolflike dog cast in relief; reverse is rough and pitted with bits of earth and malachite in some cavities. 0.099 x 0.157 x 0.018. 48 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 The work of the staff members has been devoted to the study of new accessions, of objects submitted for purchase, and to general research work within the collections of Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Persian, and Indian materials. The preparation of materials for publication has continued. Reports, oral or written, were made upon 3,679 ob- jects and 1,511 reproductions of objects submitted for examination; and 858 Oriental language inscriptions were translated. REPAIRS TO THE COLLECTIONS A total of 27 objects were remounted or repaired as follows: Chinese: calligraphy, remounted 4) ae a ee 1 Chinese paintings remounted_______________________-_ 1 Japanese paintings remounted_________________..______ 12 East Christian painting remounted___________________________ 1 Eersiany miniature +remounte dss stsleuss ke ee 1 Greek manuscript pages repaired_________________-___ 2 Indian: painting repaired]... 2 Gian A ober 1 Japanese painting) repaired.) ee ee Ee eee 1 Persian painting repaired 085 es ese ee ee 1 CHANGES IN EXHIBITIONS Eight hundred forty-four changes in exhibitions were made as follows: American arts: BS) aCe ef sa ea OI ae es ML Ce Bea ad TE Nal EO A We 15 HUF fet aYoy 4 ere 6) opus alge eel EN SAU Sc a ae A 15 Byzantine arts: C0) Fy ieee Bs La as Ne 24 FRO CH Cre Vis Genesee Be he Al RN ER I Se er 3 Bactriancants Metalwork 225s Se Oe ae eee we ee 4 Chinese arts: Barb OO W.0.0 Gy Corey iy ese RN eR ae 6 MB Po) VAs aioe NAN AN SL AE ea ea Se an RN 101 NA IRIS SIA TO TN AI 11 ee B iho a Mets BOY 6 Ware 05 fc OAT SRE A ee ETE 2 LE: oI pe US SU A A gr NS 49 BEST G0 0 KS) abe sMea 8.0 A SAU NS A IE A LV 3 pE-Fz 05 ot 10 damp te NM ey 0 RL eee eee ie eG 124 NGA 29 hy eal LR NE A Ne 230 SUD Vere soo aie NEO IA AA SRA LL NR a eS Pe SEOUL, SUM Ur aE Ll AL 4 TR ease MT es a8 US EIR Da SSE I VS oS 2 Christian arts: : Armenian) MANUSCLIPtS 2 see Ne a ee a ee 25 ANGINE OVE H I TONE WTNH OE j of eCels | 8: Copticamanuscript, pages. 2 eee a ee eee 6 Greek’ Manuscripts s {oles Sey Fb AREA VBE SSUES, ERAS ee eee 10 Greek Manuscript PAGES 2 We MAT ES ANON) SD lan Aen ee 18 Greek painting.) 3 OA) TORO NOOK) | BOUT ae ae 13% REPORT OF THE SECRETARY _ 49 Indian arts: BY OS OV AS re UL ase A It EU “Er UN OO pe TO aL IMANUSCEND EA ae eC Sure et Late se) ea ee Na 2 TEER Gf oh Bik a al gph lh ed es Ba MB dk cd 101 StOMEMISCULP CUT eRe CE Re RE ea a ee 2 a 3 dapanese arts wPaimiimg se als oie PP ee 6 IROTEATIS ALCS ek OLLET Yeast ee Ce ee oe ETE Os ae 23 Persian arts: CE Ch ae ti IE ARRAY ENE NAD oe IN La SMa eee Rie ile Mn 2 AVEC Gelli rr es oii ie abst ia ee NOU et nme ee UNS OS NUN ia LE SS 14 Syrian arts: FES ASS ete ee citer n aimee NOMRE i BAM PNNN Ui) ROLL ANON! Jeeeeey ed BYP 2A Sens NNER 5 CUS Spe aig Cd Ma le LE eM CS 2 I ap ey eh 13 In connection with the Centennial celebration of the Smithsonian Institution a special exhibition showing representative examples of Chinese art from the Neolithic age to the eighteenth century was assembled in Gallery XIII from the material in the collections. A special Gallery Book accompanied this exhibition. In connection with the Symposium on Byzantine Studies held at the Dumbarton Oaks Research Library and Collection a special exhibition of late classical and early Christian art was assembled in Gallery VI from materials in the collections. STUDY COLLECTIONS A notable addition to the study collections of the Smithsonian Insti- tution was the material given by Dr. Ernst Herzfeld, of Princeton, _N. J. This gift, known as the Herzfeld Archive, was made to the Smithsonian Institution with proviso that it be deposited in, and held under the direction of, the Freer Gallery of Art, but not to be consid- ered a part of the Freer Collection. Dr. Herzfeld’s letter of trans- mittal to Dr. Wetmore was dated April 24, 1946, and the material reached the Gallery on June 6; but the time required to unpack the cases and make a preliminary check of the contents prevented its inclu- sion in the annual report dated July 1, 1946. The material was collected by Dr. Herzfeld between the years 1903 and 1936 in the course of archeological expeditions to the Near East which included excavations at Samarra, Sistan, Pasargadae, and Persepolis. While a detailed catalog has yet to be completed, the following brief list suggests the scope and nature of the Archive: 1. 80 wooden boxes containing 50 negatives each. Catalog of the nega- tives. 16 files of blueprints. 2. Several hundred large drawings, water colors, plans and maps of Oriental buildings, sculpture, objects of art, ete. A number of squeezes of inscriptions. 3. 45 sketchbooks of original surveys made in the field. A number of box files with notes, texts of inscriptions, inventories, dummies for publica- tions, ete. 50 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 4. 95 objects including pottery and metalwork of no special material value, - but of some scientific interest. It is the donor’s wish that these materials be used for study and publication by members of the Institution staff and other qualified scholars, and that the objects be available for exhibition in the Institu- tion at the discretion of the Director of the Freer Gallery of Art. ATTENDANCE The Gallery was open to the public from 9 to 4:30 every day except Christmas Day. The total number of visitors to come in the main entrance was 107,237. The weekday total was 80,031, and the Sunday total was 27,206. The average weekday attendance was 256, the average Sunday attendance, 523. The highest monthly at- tendance was in April with 15,794 visitors; the lowest, in February with 4,053 visitors. There were 1,915 visitors to the main office during the year; the purposes of their visits were as follows: MOL FZEMELAL UNL 119 VET O ne ee a 1, 559 Tosee State members se CE eI 1 EY Ae Ag 96 TO RPCAGA: CHO Di ry 2s ee iy eee ie IO eNO 250 To make sketches and tracings from library books____________ 9 To see building and installations______-__________________-____ 18 To make photographs in Court and sketches in the exhibition POTTEPLES sate Meee oe LE eS eee 27 To examine, borrow, or purchase photographs and slides______ 389 To submit objects for examination___________________________ 471 To see objects in storage: Washington*Manuseriptss 2 2 ee oS ree 49 Far Hastern paintings and textiles___________________ 74 Near Hastern paintings and manuscripts_____________ 28 Tibetanapalntin gs te eh ee a ee 5 Indian paintings and manuscripts___________________ 9 American paintings scene eS ee a 28 AMELICAM CO OUEOTY isso COL OIA Liana Jee ese eto CE Ne 33 WiIstler” prints ee ae En he 19 Oriental pottery, jade, bronze, lacquer, and bamboo_____ 83 Gold treasure and Byzantine objects____-____________ 15 Allyise@ulptures 2ehes sr it ieee u aera eee Ge ee ee 10 Sytianvand othenelasse es ses ee a ee oan 4 —— 327 DOCENT SERVICE, LECTURES, MEETINGS By request, 10 groups met in the exhibition galleries for instruction by staff members. Total attendance was 183. % REPORT OF THE SECRETARY ~ 51 On invitation, the following lectures were given outside the Gallery by staff members: ITI AS ea aa Mr. Pope read a paper on A Chinese Lacquer Statue in the Nepalese Style (45.4) before the Far Hastern Section of the College Art Association at the Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York. Attendance: 100. Mar tO see Dr. Ettinghausen lectured on Basic Facts about Oriental Rugs at the Women’s Community Club, Kensington, Md. Attendance: 121. TGA igi 7 (iS a Dr. Ettinghausen lectured on Persian Miniature Painting at the Foxcroft School, Middleburg, Va. Attendance: 115. TT I Dr. Ettinghausen lectured on Islamic Art: New Ap- proaches in Research at the Princeton University Bi- centennial Conference on Near Hastern Culture and Society, Princeton, N. J. Attendance: 65. PANT () Se Mr. Pope lectured on The Freer Gallery of Art and its Collections at the American Association of University Women, Washington, D. C. Attendance: 30. The Auditorium was used for meetings as follows: 1946 » OYE Cae re eT Bureau of Economics, U. S. Department of Agriculture. Attendance: 250. Ochi Ossi ee Bureau of Economics, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture. Attendance: 275. (OYG Eo it Se a eee ene Bureau of Economics, U. S. Department of Agriculture. r Attendance: 260. INO FAL ees eee Office of the Attorney General, Conference on the Control : of Juvenile Delinquency. Attendance: 63. INO FA Office of the Attorney General, Conference on the Control of Juvenile Delinquency. Attendance: 50. DEC PORE ae SLES Dr. John L. Keddy, Assistant Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. Attendance: 28. 1947 NSO id US a American Oriental Society, Annual Meeting. Attendance: 106. ; Apr GS se so a American Oriental Society, Annual Meeting. Attendance: 83. FAG Cy 7 (ee ees American Oriental Society, Annual Meeting. Attendance: 46. Members of the staff traveled outside of Washington for professional purposes as follows: 1946 Sept. 30—Oct. 23__--_ Mr. Pope in Chicago, Kansas City, Minneapolis, Ann Arbor, Boston, Cambridge, and New York to examine objects belonging to museums, private collections, and dealers. Novi 4132.2 se Mr. Wenley in Chicago, Kansas City, Minneapolis, and Ann Arbor to examine objects belonging to museums, private collections, and dealers. 52 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 1947 Jan. 28-Feb. 9__-___- Dr. Httinghausen in New York and Boston to examine objects belonging to museums and dealers. Maria 2 ieee eee Mr. Wenley in New York to examine objects belonging to dealers. Mar. 24-28-00 Dr. Httinghausen attended Near Hastern Conference of the Mar. 31—-Apr. 3_--__- U/ANY Re ipo use cg PN g epi Al bias CATT 2 pe ee se June 25—-July 4___- John A. Pope, University Bicentennial Celebration at Princeton Uni- versity. _ Mr. Wenley attended the Conference on Far Hastern Art and Culture at the Bicentennial Celebration of Princeton University where he served as Chairman of the Con- ference on Chinese Painting. _ Mr. Pope attended the Conference on Far Hastern Art and Culture at Princeton. _ Mr. Acker attended the Conference on Far Eastern Art and Culture at Princeton. _ Dr. Ettinghausen in New York to examine objects belong- ing to dealers. _ Dr. Hitinghausen in Princeton, N. J., to attend conference on Research in Fine Arts. — Dr. Ettinghausen in Baltimore to attend opening of exhibi- tion of Byzantine Art at Baltimore Museum. _ Dr. Ettinghausen at Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore, to examine objects in the collection. _.. Mr. Pope in Philadelphia to examine objects in the Phila- delphia Museum of Art. _. Mrs. Usilton, Librarian, attended annual convention of Special Libraries Association, Chicago, Ill. _. Mr. Pope at Fogg Museum of Art, Cambridge, Mass., to study bronze forgeries and examine objects in the collec- tion. _._ Mrs. Usilton attended annual convention of American Library Association, San Francisco, Calif. Associate in Research, was appointed Assistant Di- rector, July 1, 1946. Respectfully submitted. A. G. Wenuey, Director. Dr. A. Wermors, Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. APPENDIX 5 REPORT ON THE BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the field researches, office work, and other operations of the Bureau of Amevi- can Ethnology during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947, conducted in accordance with the Act of Congress of June 27, 1944, which provides “* * * for continuing ethnological researches among the American Indians and the natives of Hawaii and the excavation and preservation of archeologic remains. * * *” SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES Dr. M. W. Stirling, Chief of the Bureau, spent the greater part of the fiscal year in Washington, attending to administrative duties and completing for publication reports on archeological field work in southern Mexico. Two papers were completed entitled “An Archeological Reconnaissance of the State of Tabasco, Mexico,” and “Piedra Parada, a Chiapas Highland Site.” Considerable progress was also made on a paper entitled “Additional Stone Monuments of Southern Mexico.” Several lectures were given during the year on anthropological subjects. In April 1947 Dr. Stirling went to Houston, Tex., as representative of the Smithsonian Institution at the Inauguration of Dr. Wm. Vermillion Houston as President of Rice Institute. Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., Associate Chief of the Bureau and Director of the River Basin Surveys, devoted the major part of his time during the fiscal year to directing the program of the River Basin Surveys. The latter is a cooperative project between the Smithsonian Institution, the National Park Service, the Bureau of Reclamation, and the Corps of Engineers, United States Army. Its purpose is the recovery of such archeological and paleontological information and materials as will be lost through the construction of dams and the creation of large reservoirs in many of the river valleys of the United States. In directing the survey work Dr. Roberts recruited personnel, arranged for supplies and equipment, established cooperation with local institutions in various parts of the country, prepared over-all plans for a Nation-wide archeological program, wrote progress re- ports for the cooperating agencies, and aided in the preparation of preliminary reports on the results of surveys in various reservoir 52 54 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 areas. He went to Atlanta, Ga., July 23-25, 1946, to confer with representatives of the National Park Service and engineers in the office of the Division Engineer for the South Atlantic Division, Corps of Engineers, about the problems in that area. He went to Lincoln, Nebr., September 24 to October 4, to meet the incoming field parties from the Missouri Basin. At that time he received reports on the explorations, discussed plans for future investigations, and assisted in making arrangements for carrying on the work at the field head- quarters during the fall and winter months. While at Lincoln he made two trips to Omaha to confer with officials of the National Park Service, Region 2, and engineers from the office of the Division Engineer, Missouri River Division, Corps of Engineers. From De- cember 26 to 81, he was in Chicago, IIl., to take part in a symposium on river valley archeology in which there were representatives from the National Park Service, the American Anthropological Associa- tion, the Society for American Archeology, the Committee for the Recovery of Archeological Remains, and several universities. Dr. Roberts’ report on the activities of the River Basin Surveys appears In subsequent pages. During the course of the year Dr. Roberts wrote several book reviews for anthropological journals, annotated four books for the United States Quarterly Book List, prepared a number of popular articles on the work of the River Basin Surveys, and served as a con- sultant on manuscripts on anthropology and archeology for several encyclopedias. Dr. Roberts was the General Department Representative on the Efficiency Rating Board of Review for the Smithsonian Institution. In this connection he attended the Civil Service Commission Institute of Efficiency Rating Boards of Review. He represented the Smith- sonian Institution at a meeting held in Washington, D. C., April 15, 1947, for the purpose of organizing a National Council for Historic Sites and Buildings. From July 1, 1946, to June 30, 1947, Dr. Roberts served as a member of the executive committee of the Division of Anthropology and Psychology, National Research Council. During the absences of the Chief, Dr. Roberts was Acting Chief of the Bureau. The beginning of the fiscal year found Dr. John P. Harrington, ethnologist, at Searchlight, Nev., from which point he traveled with Murl Emery to a point above Cottonwood Island in one of the wildest portions of the Colorado River where, according to Indian tradition, is the house of Matavilya, principal deity of the lower Colorado region. The house of Matavilya was discovered to be a natural formation con- sisting of a butte about 200 feet high on the western side of the river, and opposite this butte another, perhaps 500 feet in height, on the REPORT OF THE SECRETARY - 55 eastern side of the river. These two buttes are interpreted by the ancient Indians of the region as being what remains of the doorposts of the house of Matavilya, and Indian tradition has evidently attached itself to this place for many generations, probably for many centuries. The interesting myth was obtained which recounts the destruction of the house at the time of the cremation of Matavilya. Consider- able time was spent in checking with surviving ancient Indians in regard to the discovery of this important site, Dr. Harrington going as far as Tehachapi, Calif., for this purpose. On November 6, 1946, Dr. Harrington returned to Washington, D. C., and the entire remainder of the fiscal year was spent in sorting over and preparing various articles for publication. The first of these undertakings was the preparation of an article on the State Names of Mexico. This paper covers not only the state and territory names of Mexico, but also the country names of Central America and South America. Several of the etymologies are new, notably that of the name of the Mexican State of Yucatan, which is here seen to be derived perhaps from a hypothetical form Yucahtan. The next item completed was an article on the Tewa language of New Mexico. A paper on the Province Names of Canada was next finished. Compilation for this work had long been in progress, part - of it done in Canada. An extensive paper on the Aleutian language was next written, embodying the results of previous field work in Alaska. Another paper was prepared consisting of a detailed ethnogeographic descrip- tion of the projecting rocks and islands off the coast of California. A manuscript was completed with the title “Quirix is the Native Name of San Felipe Pueblo.” This paper sets forth the unique thesis that Bandelier is wrong in assuming that Quirix, which gives its name _ to the Keresan linguistic stock, is Bernalillo, or any site in the vicinity of Bernalillo, but that the recorded form is a Spanish spelling of the Indian name of San Felipe. The Tewa of the Castafieda account of the Coronado Expedition would then be Isleta, and Isleta is still called Tewa in Keresan. A number of short papers were also written, the titles being as follows: The Name Yucatan. The Name Colorado. The Three Earliest Mentions of the Turquoise Mines of New Mexico. The Name Chuckwalla. Rita, a Short-Cut for Saying Riito. De Alarcon has the Name of Zunyi Salt Lake. Olivella River, the Old Name of Santa Fe Creek. Trail Holder. H’aak’o, Original Keresan Name of Acoma. 764815—47——5 56 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Dr. Henry B. Collins, ethnologist, continued his investigations in Eskimo anthropology. During the winter he completed the number- ing and cataloging of his collection of some 7,000 archeological speci- mens excavated at Cape Prince of Wales and other prehistoric Eskimo village sites around Bering Strait. At the February meeting of the Board of Governors of the Arctic Institute of North America, Dr. Collins was elected vice chairman of the Institute. His article, The Origin and Antiquity of the Eskimo, tracing the Old World affiliations of the Eskimo culture and race type, will appear as one of the chapters of a general book on the Arctic to be published by the Arctic Institute. In May Dr. Collins was appointed Chairman of the Directing Com- mittee for the Arctic Bibliography and Roster, two separate projects which the Arctic Institute of North America is carrying out under contract for the Office of Naval Research of the Navy Department. In these projects the Arctic Institute is receiving active cooperation and assistance from the Library of Congress and the National Re- search Council. Officials of the latter organizations, and representa- tives of the Navy, Army, and Board of Governors of the Arctic Insti- tute comprise the directing committee, which serves as a policy and advisory body with the responsibility of organizing and supervising the work on the two projects. The bibliography project will be con- ducted by four experienced bibliographers, with clerical assistants, working in the principal libraries in the United States and Canada. It will have as its objective the compilation of an annotated, fully indexed bibliography covering the descriptive, geographical, and other scientific literature on the Arctic from the earliest historical writings to those of the present time. It is estimated that the bibli- ography project will require at least 3 years for completion. The Roster of Arctic Specialists, a 2-year project, is to be conducted by a staff of three workers, headed by a former official of the National Roster of Scientific and Specialized Personnel. The roster will be patterned after the National Roster and the World Roster of Area and Language Specialists compiled by the Ethnogeographic Board during the war. Its purpose will be to assemble a comprehensive record of the experience and specialized knowledge of scientists, ex- plorers, writers, and Arctic residents who possess first-hand informa- tion of value concerning the Arctic and sub-Arctic regions. Dr. Collins wrote the article Anthropology for the 1947 Encyclo- paedia Britannica Book of the Year. He also served as anthro- pological consultant for the Encyclopedia Arctica, which is being edited by Dr. Vilhjalmur Stefansson for the Navy Department. In this capacity he organized the anthropological sections of the Encyclo- pedia and contributed several articles on archeological subjects. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 57 In June Dr. Collins left Washington for Martha’s Vineyard, Mass., _ to conduct a 6 weeks’ archeological survey of the island. Returning to a study of the social organization and ceremonial life of the Seneca Nation commenced before the war, Dr. William N. Fen- ton, ethnologist, established field quarters on the Allegany Reserva- tion between July 1 and September 18, when he returned to Washing- ‘ton. Observations made 10 years ago were repeated at meetings of two orders of the Medicine Society, and observing the Green Corn Festival for the fifth time afforded information on social and cultural change. At the behest of one of the chiefs, Dr. Fenton recorded from Fannie Stevens, matron of the Heron clan, several hundred personal names belonging to the eight Seneca clans. Recordings made in 1945 for a forthcoming album of Seneca music were played repeatedly to the singers and interpreters to assure accuracy of texts. With a possible documentary film in mind, 700 feet of 16-mm. Kodachrome moving pictures were taken of various activities in the Coldspring community. An additional week of field work from October 7 to 12 permitted verifying some of the personal names in genealogies taken in 1933. Cultural affinities between the northern Iroquoians and their southern cousins, the Cherokee of the Great Smoky Mountains, have - occupied the attention of Bureau ethnologists since Mooney’s time. At the invitation of Lester M. Hargrett, of Washington, the bibli- ographer of Indian Laws, Dr. Fenton motored to Cherokee, N. C., in early December. We owe a brief and intensive introduction to Cherokee ethnology to Will West Long, who was 17 when James Mooney came to Cherokee and whose name is associated with the work _ of every field ethnologist who ventured into Big Cove settlement from 1887 until March 14, 1947, when Will passed away. Dr. Fenton obtained information for contrasting the Boogah Dance of the Cherokee with masked performances of the Iroquois False-face Society, and some additional details were collected on the Eagle Dance, a variant of the calumet ritual, which reached the Iroquois during the eighteenth century by one documented line of diffusion from the Catawba and Cherokee of the Southeast. When recordings of Cherokee and Seneca Eagle Dance songs are compared, it will develop that they are derived from a common source. Photographs were made of the Cherokee mask-making process, and some portraits of Mr. Long in characteristic Eagle Dance postures. A report of these findings has been prepared for publication. Two collections of Americana seen on this trip deserve mention. The MacGregor Collection in the Library of the University of Virginia contains some notable early items on American Indians. Dr. T. H. Spence, Librarian of the Historical Foundation of the Presbyterian 58 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Reformed Church, Montreat, N. C., called attention to an extremely rare pamplet which describes Chickasaw and Choctaw towns, locates certain mounds, and contains notes on pigeon roosts (A Brief History of the Mississippi Territory ; to Which is Prefixed a Summary View of — the Country between the Settlements on Cumberland River, and the Territory, by Rev. James Hall, A. M., Salisbury (N. C.) : 12 mo., pp. (2) 70, printed by Francis Coupée, 1801). The second conference on Iroquois research, which Dr. Fenton organized in 1945, was again the outstanding event in Iroquois studies. The conference, held October 4, 5, and 6, in cooperation with the Al- legany State Park Commission at Red House, N. Y., brought together anthropologists and historians interested in the Iroquois from the Northeastern States, Canada, and the Middle West. Charles E. Cong- don of Salamanca, N. Y., and Merle H. Deardorff of Warren, Pa., were cohosts to the conference. Dr. Fenton gave several lectures during the year on topics related to his work; on September 10 to the L. H. Morgan Chapter, New York State Archaeological Association, Rochester; October 15 to the Anthropological Society of Washington; December 12 to the Arts Club of Washington. A chapter was completed for a forthcoming report of the American Folklore Society: “Research in American Folklore: Plains, Eastern Woodlands, and Contact Folklore between Indians and Colonial Settlers.” Seneca Songs from Coldspring Longhouse was prepared as program notes to an album of records which the Library of Congress is publishing. Work was continued on a final draft of a report for the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, A Cayuga Condolence Cane with Pictographs Denominating the Founders of the Iroquois League, a study which Dr. Fenton commenced several years ago at the request of the Cranbrook Institute of Science. As a member of the Committee on International Cooperation in Anthropology, National Research Council, Dr. Fenton attended two meetings in Washington, and prepared a report on Anthropology during the War, VII: The Arab World (American Anthropologist, 1947, pp. 342-843). He relinquished secretaryship of the Anthropo- logical Society of Washington, becoming vice president, and continued to give considerable time to the Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences, as senior editor during 1947. Publications—Place names and related activities of the Cornplanter Senecas, V : The path to Conewango (Pennsylvania Archaeologist, vol. 16, pp. 42-56, April 1946). Twi-yendagon (Woodeater) takes the heavenly path; on the death of Henry Redeye (18642-1946), Speaker of the Coldspring Seneca REPORT OF THE SECRETARY > 59 Longhouse (American Indian, American Association on Indian _ Affairs, vol. 8, No. 3, pp. 11-15, 1946). Integration of Geography and Anthropology in Army Area Study Curricula (Bulletin American Association of University Professors, vol. 82, No. 4, pp. 696-706, winter, 1946). Area studies in American universities (Commission on Implica- tions, Armed Services Educational Programs, American Council on _ Education, xi+ 89 pp., Washington, 1947). In addition, several reviews were prepared and published in the United States Quarterly Book List, and in other journals. Dr. Philip Drucker, anthropologist, returned to his official station at Washington from Mexico at the beginning of the fiscal year. While awaiting the arrival of the collections from San Lorenzo Tenochtitlan, he began a study of the La Venta ceramic collections, excavated by the National Geographic Society-Smithsonian Institution expedition in the spring of 1942. During the ensuing months he classified some 24,000 sherds from the site of La Venta, recording descriptive data and stratigraphic dis- tributions which will be embodied in the final report on the culture represented at this key site of Olmec culture. At the conclusion of _ his study of these materials he prepared a brief paper entitled “Some Implications of La Venta Ceramics,” for the Smithsonian Miscellane- ous Collections. On February 8, 1947, he proceeded from Washington to Mexico on a joint expedition of the National Geographic Society and the Smith- sonian Institution. The purpose of this expedition was to make an archeological survey of the Pacific coast of the state of Chiapas, Mexico. From the time of his arrival in Tapachula, Chiapas, on February 16, until his departure from Tonala, Chiapas, on May 24, he tested 15 archeological sites, obtaining from each collections of sherds ranging from 2,000 to 4,000 pieces on the average. Among these sites were several whose ceramics indicated a relationship with the Mixteca-Puebla area of the Highland, and which are probably to be attributed to the late pre-Conquest intrusions of the Nahuatl-speak- ing Pipil, colonies of whom penetrated as far southeastward as Nica- ragua. Other sites yielded wares that indicate affiliation with more ancient horizons, one such linking very definitely with the oldest ce- ramic complex yet known from Guatemala Highland and coast: the Miraflores horizon. One of the outstanding finds of the survey was the discovery of a midden deposit over 3 meters in depth, containing pot- tery in the upper 1.2 m., and no trace of ceramics below this point. This site requires more extensive excavation than was possible during the survey, but it is quite possible that it may contain the earliest remains yet Inown from southern Mexico and Central America—perhaps pre- 60 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 ceramic and early ceramic horizons whose existence up to now has only been suspected but never demonstrated. In the month of March, during the survey work, Dr. Drucker made a brief visit to Guatemala City where, through the courtesy of Drs. R. E. Smith and Edwin Shook of the Carnegie Institution, he was permitted to study pottery collections from the Guatemala Highlands and coast, in the Carnegie Institution Laboratory. From Tonala, Dr. Drucker proceeded to Mexico City to arrange for the exportation of the collections. ~ On June 9 Dr. Drucker arrived in Washington, D. C., where he was detailed to the River Basin Surveys project, under the direction of Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., Associate Chief of the Bureau of American Ethnology. After a series of conferences with Dr. Roberts, Dr. Drucker proceeded on June 16 to the Pacific coast to take charge of archeological work in areas to be inundated by Bureau of Reclamation and Corps of Engineers dams in that area. From July 1 through September 1 Dr. Gordon R. Willey, anthro- pologist, continued his field investigations, begun in March of 1946, as a member of the Vir Valley Expedition to northern Peru. The Virti program was a cooperative attempt, on the part of a group of anthropologists and a geographer, to study thoroughly a single valley of the Peruvian coast as a living unit through some 3,000 years of time. Archeological, geographical, and modern community studies were embraced in the project, which was under the direction of a steering committee of the Institute of Andean Research. As one of the major participants, Dr. Willey represented the Bureau on the steering com- mittee. His own share of the research consisted of a survey of the prehistoric settlement patterns of the valley. At the close of field operations in August over 300 sites had been studied from the point of view of community plan or settlement pattern. These sites were selected from all sections of the valley, and it is estimated that they represent a 25-percent sample of the total sites in the valley. All types of sites were included in the sample— cemeteries, dwelling units, fortifications, temples, and palaces. In addition particular attention was paid to prehistoric irrigation canals, evidences of past land utilization, and ancient roads. Preliminary analysis shows eight cultural periods to be represented. The survey was accomplished with the aid of jeep transportation and large-scale air photo-maps. A technique of site mapping, involving the use of an epidiascopic projector, was worked out with the air photos. The final report on this survey is now in preparation. In addition to the settlement survey Willey also excavated at two burial sites, one in the upper and one in the lower valley. A report — on the first of these sites has recently been published. Early in August Willey took part in the Conference on Peruvian REPORT OF THE SECRETARY ~ 61 Archeology held at Hacienda Chiclin. At this time he presented a preliminary summary of his field results. After the work in Virti was terminated, Dr. Willey made a brief visit to the Lambayeque Valley, north of the city of Trujillo, and examined collections in the important but little-known Bruning Museum. Returning south to Lima, he began a protracted trip by automobile, going from Lima to Caamana and from there inland to the Lake Titicaca region. From Puno, on the lake, he proceeded north to Cuzco, Ayacucho, Huancayo, and returned to Lima. During this trip, which consumed some 2 to 3 weeks during the month of Septem- ber, he visited numerous archeological sites. The most significant of these was the great architectural cluster at Huari near Ayacucho, the presumed center for the Middle Period Tiahuanacoid diffusion throughout Peru. Upon his return to the United States in October Dr. Willey pre- pared several short papers and began the initial work of organizing notes, maps, and photographs on the Vird settlement-pattern study. He was engaged in this until April of 1947. For the last 3 months of the fiscal year he transferred his research interests toward the com- pletion of a large monograph on the archeology of the Florida Gulf coast. This latter work, which embraces earlier field work of the author, as well as past field studies made by the Bureau in the Florida Gulf area, is intended as an over-all archeological summary of the region. During the year Dr. Willey also served as assistant editor to the professional journal, American Antiquity, and submitted various news items on recent researches in archeology in South America. He held a similar position with the Handbook of Latin American Studies for which he prepared bibliographic extracts on some 50 titles dealing with South American archeology and wrote a general summary of recent archeological activities for the South American Continent dur- ing the year 1945. In April Dr. Willey visited the Public Museum at Rochester, N. Y., where he delivered a lecture on the Virti work before the annual meet- ing of the New York State Archeological Society. . The following articles were written by Dr. Willey during the fiscal year 1946-47: 1. The Virii Valley Program in Northern Peru. Acta Americana, vol. 4, No. 4, 1946. 2. A Middle Period Cemetery in the Virii Valley, Northern Peru. oun Wash- ington Acad. Sci., vol. 37, No. 2, 1947. 3. Ecuadorean Figurines and the Ceramic Mold in the New World. (In press.) 4. Growth Trends in New World Cultures. (In press.) 5. An Interpretative Analysis of Horizon Styles in Peruvian Archeology. (In press. ) In addition, one book review was prepared for Science. 62 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY The Institute of Social Anthropology was created in 1948 as an autonomous unit of the Bureau of American Ethnology to carry out cooperative training in anthropological teaching and research with the other American Republics. During the past year it was financed by transfers from the State Department, totaling $113,150, from the appropriation “Cooperation with the American Republics, 1947.” The major activities of the Institute of Social Anthropology during the fiscal year 1947 are as follows: Washington office-—The Institute of Social Anthropology main- tains headquarters in Washington for general planning, direction, and servicing of field projects. Dr. Julian H. Steward, founder and first Director of the Institute, resigned in September 1946 to accept a pro- fessorship at Columbia University. He was succeeded by Dr. George M. Foster, previously stationed in Mexico as social anthropologist of the Institute of Social Anthropology. Brazil.—Cooperation with the Escola Livre de Sociologia e Politica began October 1, 1945, when Dr, Donald Pierson was assigned as rep- resentative of the Institute of Social Anthropology to Brazil. In February 1946 Dr. Kalervo Oberg was assigned as cultural anthropolo- gist to cooperate with the Escola Livre. In effect, the Institute has taken over and expanded a program which was begun under Dr. Pierson in 1940 and which has helped make the Escola Livre one of the most important social-science centers in South America. During the fiscal year 1947 Institute of Social Anthropology scien- tists have given seven courses in sociology and anthropology, to sup- plement other courses given by local professors in the general field of the humanities. Advanced students have been given field training both in Mato Grosso among Indian groups, and among the rural peoples in the State of Sao Paulo, some distance from the city. This represents a very considerable educational advance, since for the first time advanced Brazilian students in anthropology and sociology, as a part of their regular courses, have been required to supplement theoretical classroom training with actual field experience. A number of papers by Smithsonian personnel and local students have been published in scientific series or journals other than Smithsonian vol- umes. Two monographs based on field work in 1947 are being pre- pared for publication by Smithsonian personnel in Smithsonian series, and Brazilian students also are preparing field notes for publication in Portuguese. Smithsonian staff members have continued to guide the program of translating 200 articles and 13 books from English into Portuguese, REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 63 mentioned in last year’s report. ‘This work, financed by outside funds, - is of great importance as an aid to teaching. Colombia.—Cooperation with the Instituto Etnolégico of the Uni- versity of Cauca in Popayan began December 1,1946. The Institute of Social Anthropology is represented by Dr. John H. Rowe who is en- gaged in cooperating with local personnel in the organization of this new institution and in giving three courses in anthropology to stu- dents. A short survey of the habitat of the Guambiano Indians has indicated that this is a satisfactory region for field work, which begins on a cooperative basis during the summer of 1947, with the participa- tion of Colombian professors and students. Mexico.—Cooperation with the Escuela Nacional de Antropologia, a dependency of the Ministry of Education, began June 1, 1944. Dr. George M. Foster, social anthropologist, was replaced by Dr. Isabel Kelly, when the former was transferred to Washington. Dr. Stanley S. Newman, linguist, and Dr. Robert C. West, cultural geographer, are the other two Institute of Social Anthropology representatives in Mexico. During the fiscal year 1947 these scientists have given five courses in social anthropology, linguistics, and cultural geography. The scene of field research was shifted in January 1947 from the Tarascan area, described in last year’s report, to the Totonac Indian area east of Mexico City. Two monograph-length papers dealing with the Taras- cans have been submitted by Smithsonian personnel for publication in the series of the Institute of Social Anthropology. A number of student papers have appeared in Mexican sources, and longer mono- graphs in Spanish are ready for publication. Peru.—W ork began in Peru in January 1944, when that country had no institution devoted essentially to social science teaching and re- search. Subsequently a national center of social science, the Instituto de Estudios Etnologicos, of the Ministry of Education, has been es- tablished. Institute of Social Anthropology personnel cooperate with this Institute. During 1947 the Institute of Social Anthropology was represented in Peru by F. Webster McBryde, cultural geographer, and Dr. Allan Holmberg, social anthropologist, who arrived in July 1946 to succeed Dr. Harry Tschopik, Jr. A party of six students and one professor accompanied Institute of Social Anthropology personnel to the Virtii Valley in northern Peru for ethnographical and geographical field work during the months January to April 1947. Under the guidance of the Smithsonian scien- tists this material is now being prepared for publication. Courses also are being given in the Instituto de Estudios Etnolégicos. In ad- dition, the cultural geographer has aided in the reorganization of the 64 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Geographical Society of the University of San Marcos in Lima, and in establishing the teaching curriculum of this department. Publications—One monograph of the series Publications of the Institute of Social Anthropology appeared in June 1947—Publication No. 3, Moche, a Peruvian Coastal Community, by John Gillin. Publi- cation No. 4, Cultural and Historical Geography of Southwest Guate- mala, by Felix Webster McBryde, Publication No. 5, Highland Com- munities of Central Peru: A Regional Survey, by Harry Tschopik, Jr., and Publication No. 6, Empire’s Children: the People of Tzin- tzuntzan, by George M. Foster, were in proof. Publication No. 7, Cul- tural Geography of the Modern Tarascan Area, by Robert C. West, and Publication No. 8, Sierra Popoluca Speech, Mary L. Foster and George M. Foster, were edited and sent to the printer. Mrs. Eloise B. Edelen of the editorial staff of the Bureau of American Ethnology, did the editorial work on these publications. RIVER BASIN SURVEYS The River Basin Surveys were instituted in the fall of 1945 as a unit of the Bureau of American Ethnology. They were organized to carry into effect a memorandum of understanding between the National Park Service and the Smithsonian Institution. This memorandum provided for surveys to determine the extent and nature of archeolog- ical and paleontological remains occurring in areas to be flooded by the construction of dams by the Bureau of Reclamation and the Corps of Engineers, United States Army. The memorandum was signed on August 7, 1945, by Newton B. Drury, Director of the National Park Service, and on September 8, 1945, by Alexander Wetmore, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, and was approved by Harold L. Ickes, Secretary of the Interior, on October 9, 1945. The first actual field work got under way in July 1946. A transfer of $20,000 at the end of May 1946, by the Bureau of Reclamation through the National Park Service, provided the necessary funds for starting survey parties in the Missouri Basin. An additional $40,000 subsequently was made available by the Bureau of Reclamation for work in this area during fiscal 1947. In September 1946 $27,000 was transferred by the Corps of Engineers, through the National Park Service, for surveys outside of the Missouri Basin, and in March 1947 $4,500 was transferred by the Bureau of Reclamation for surveys in the Columbia-Snake Basin. The Missouri Basin funds were for use in both Bureau of Reclamation and Corps of Engineers projects. The money provided by the Corps of Engineers was for Corps of Engineers projects only, while the Columbia-Snake Basin money was for use only in Bureau of Reclamation projects. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY . 65 The first survey parties were started in the Missouri Basin. These _ were followed by investigations in Georgia, Virginia-North Carolina, Texas, California, and the Columbia-Snake Basin. Supervision and direction of the surveys in Georgia, Virginia-North Carolina, Texas, and California were carried on from the main office in Washington. Direction of the work in the Missouri Basin was from a field office located at Lincoln, Nebr., and the Columbia-Snake Basin investiga- tions were based on a field office established at Eugene, Oreg. The Bureau of Reclamation and the Corps of Engineers made the entire salvage program possible through the transfer of funds, but in addition both agencies contributed in no small degree to the suc- cessful inception of the surveys through their cooperation in other ways. Division and District Engineers and Bureau of Reclamation personnel did much to facilitate the work of the survey men in the field. In some areas transportation was provided, in others, neces- sary labor was furnished to aid in emergency excavations, and else- where temporary office space and storage facilities were made avail- able at project headquarters. The genuine interest and desire to assist on the part of all with whom the members of the River Basin Surveys staff were associated in the various reservoir areas greatly aided the progress of the investigations. The planning of a Nation-wide arche- ological survey on a scale hitherto not believed possible became feasible with the transfer of funds. The cooperation of the National Park Service has been of marked benefit to the program and much credit is due to its officials for the obtaining of the the necessary funds and for the pleasant relationship existing between all the agencies involved in the program. | Washington office —Throughout the fiscal year the main office of the River Basin Surveys continued under the direction of Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr. Carl F. Miller, archeologist, joined the staff on Novem- ber 6, 1946. Miss Madeleine A. Bachand was appointed clerk-stenog- -rapher on March 3, 1947, and continued to serve throughout the year. Mr. Miller was preparing to leave for the Pearl River project at Bogalusa, La., on November 13, 1946, when a request was received from the district engineer to postpone this work indefinitely because the project had been stopped. Mr. Miller was then assigned to the study of proposed projects in the Middle Atlantic Division of the Corps of Engineers. He devoted his time to searching the literature for information about sites which might be involved by construction pro- grams in Pennsylvania, Virginia, North Carolina, and West Virginia. During this period he also assisted the director in obtaining informa- tion about proposed projects of the Bureau of Reclamation in various parts of the country outside the Missouri Basin. On February 11, 66 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 1947, he left Washington for Richmond, Va., to confer with the offi- cials at the Region 1 office of the National Park Service. From Rich- mond he proceeded to Norfolk, Va., on February 13, to confer with the district engineer, Corps of Engineers, about a survey of the Buggs Island project on the Roanoke River. He left Norfolk on February 14 and went to South Hill, Va., where he established headquarters. From that date until May 4 he surveyed all the Virginia and part of the North Carolina portion of the reservoir basin. He then returned to Washington and devoted the remainder of the fiscal year to pre- paring a preliminary report on the results of the survey and making recommendations and estimates for an excavation program in that area. Missouri Basin—The first steps in initiating investigations in the Missouri Basin were the establishment of field headquarters at Lincoln, Nebr., and the assembling of personnel to undertake the field sur- veys. Dr. Waldo R. Wedel, associate curator of archeology, United States National Museum, who had been detailed to the River Basin Surveys for that purpose, left Washington for Lincoln, Nebr., on July 8, 1946, and upon his arrival there began instructing the person- nel recruited for the project and assembling equipment needed in the field. Through the courtesy of the University of Nebraska, office space was provided at the University’s Laboratory of Anthropology. Later, additional space was made available for a laboratory. This arrange- ment continued throughout the year, and on June 30, 1947, both the field office and the project laboratory were housed in the basement of the Love Memorial Library on the university campus. Actual reconnaissance started on August 3, 1946, and continued for a period of 7 weeks, at the end of which weather conditions made it necessary for the men to return to field headquarters. During this time, 3 parties of 2 men each, limited because of inadequate transporta- tion, covered more than 13,000 miles and made preliminary investiga- tions at 28 top priority Bureau of Reclamation projects and at 5 Corps of Engineers reservoirs. Since complete coverage of each reservoir basin was in no case possible, additional surveys were recommended for most of the units visited. One field party returned to the Harlan County Reservoir, Nebr., for a period of 5 weeks, October 16 to Novem- ber 28, 1946, and with the aid of local labor tested a number of sites and removed material which was being damaged by erosion or being excavated by unauthorized collectors. Dr. Waldo R. Wedel returned to Washington and to his regular duties at the National Museum on October 18, 1946. At this time Paul L. Cooper was designated as acting director for the Lincoln of- fice and continued to serve in that capacity until May 21, 1947, when Dr. Wedel, who had again been detailed to the Surveys, returned to Lincoln and resumed his supervision of the Missouri Basin program. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 67 During the fall and winter months at Lincoln the staff members _ prepared and completed preliminary appraisal reports covering 25 of the projects visited during the 1946 field season. By June 30 most of these reports had been distributed to the National Park Service, the Bureau of Reclamation, and the Corps of Engineers, or were ready to be mailed. A general paper entitled “Prehistory and the Missouri Valley Development Program: Summary Report on the Missouri River Basin Archeological Survey in 1946,” written by Dr. Wedel, was published in April in the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, volume 107, No. 6. Throughout this period the field laboratory cleaned and cataloged more than 10,000 archeological specimens gathered from 208 different sites, and in addition processed 426 photo- graphic negatives and prepared approximately 2,200 prints for use in the reports. Maps were drawn showing the location of sites in each reservoir area, and the reports were mimeographed, assembled, and made ready for distribution. Field work was resumed in the latter part of April when three archeological parties consisting of four men each and one paleontologi- cal party consisting of one man, started for various reservoir projects. The paleontologist subsequently was joined by a student assistant. In addition to further investigations in reservoir areas visited during the 1946 field season, other projects were added to the list, and by the end of the fiscal year a total of 44 Bureau of Reclamation and 6 Corps of Engineers projects had been surveyed. They are located in the States of Kansas, Nebraska, South Dakota, North Dakota, Wyoming, and Montana. All parties were in the field on June 30 and expected to continue throughout the summer. During this period Dr. Wedel directed operations in the Lincoln office and made several visits to the field parties at the locations where they were working. He also attended conferences between the regional officers of the National Park Service and Bureau of Reclamation and Corps of Engineers representatives. The survey findings to date indicate that the Wyoming-Montana area contains few pottery-bearing sites. There, as in the western Dakotas, stone circles or “tipi-rings” are to be found in great num- bers. Numerous outcrops of artifacts in strata exposed by stream cuttings are plentiful and occur at varying depths below the surface. Some of them give promise of containing material belonging to early occupations, possibly even those of the Paleo-Indian, and they may supply much needed data on that phase of Plains prehistory. Throughout northern Kansas and northwestern Nebraska pithouse villages attributed to semisedentary peoples predominate. Pottery- bearing sites as well as “tipi-rings” occur on the tributaries of the Missouri in North and South Dakota. Groups of mounds, village remains, and former camp sites suggesting a more sedentary type of 68 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 occupation than that west of the Missouri occur in the Jamestown- Devils Lake-Sheyenne area. Along the main stream of the Missouri in the Dakotas are some of the largest and best preserved and most impressive fortified Indian village sites in the United States. They contain much of the story of the development of Arikara, Mandan, and other upper Missouri cultures. In many of the sites there is evidence of stratification and a se- quence of cultures or a series of stages in cultural development. Others contain the record of prehistoric floods, of silting and soil erosion, of recurrent droughts, and fluctuation in climate. The ex- cavation and the interpretation of the data contained in such sites- will contribute greatly, not only to the story of the growth and development of the Plains Indians, but to our understanding of conditions similar to those met and overcome by the aboriginal peoples. For this reason the excavation and testing of several sites in three Bureau of Reclamation reservoirs was recommended for the fiscal year 1948, and for two important sites at one Corps of Engineers project. J. Joseph Bauxar, archeologist, joined the Missouri Basin staff on July 15, 1946. From that date until August 3 he devoted his time to obtaining information on archeological remains in the Dakotas, from reports on previous excavations and surveys in that area, and in making preparations for work in the field. From August 3 until September 22, in company with Paul L. Cooper, he engaged in a preliminary reconnaissance of reservoir projects in Nebraska, South Dakota, North Dakota, and Montana. In these reservoir basins a total of 68 sites were examined, site locations and descriptions being recorded and surface collections made. During the laboratory period, © from September 22 until April 24, 1947, Mr. Bauxar prepared pre- liminary reports for seven of the reservoirs, Angostura, Box Butte, Bronco, Crosby, Deslacs, Fort Randall, and Jamestown, and pre- pared a technical report entitled “Notes on the Archeology of the Upper James and Sheyenne River Valleys and the Devils Lake Area.” From April 24 until May 7 he joined Wesley L. Bliss in preliminary surveys of three reservoirs in Kansas, one in Colorado, and five in Nebraska. During this period 25 sites, none of which had been recorded previously, were visited. From May 7 to June 2 the time was spent in collaborating with Wesley L. Bliss and Theodore E. White on a report entitled “Preliminary Appraisal of Archeologi- cal and Paleontological Resources of the Proposed Reservoirs in the Republican River Basin.” On June 2 Mr. Bauxar left Lincoln, as a member of the field party under the direction of Paul L. Cooper, to make a reconnaissance of the Fort Randall Reservoir in South Da- kota. This work was still in progress at the end of the fiscal year. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY - 69 Wesley L. Bliss was appointed to the Missouri Basin staff as an i archeologist on July 17, 1946. From July 17 to August 4 he was occupied in making preparations for field reconnaissance in Wyoming and Montana. He left Lincoln on August 4 and returned on Septem- ber 22. In this period his party made preliminary surveys in six reservoir areas in Wyoming, one which lies both in Wyoming and Montana, and three in Montana. A total of 74 archeological and pale- cntological sites were found and recorded, and surface collections were made from each. The fall and winter months, September 22, 1946, until April 24, 1947, were spent at the Lincoln headquarters doing lab- oratory and library research and in writing preliminary reports. Reports were prepared for the Boysen, Tiber, and Medicine Lake Res- ervoirs. In addition, Mr. Bliss prepared a draft of a paper entitled “A Preliminary Appraisal of the Historic and Prehistoric Occupa- tion of the Western Plains.” Some revision and the checking of some material were needed to complete the paper. In the early spring of 1947 Bliss made several unofficial week-end visits with other members of the staff to archeological sites along the Missouri, north of Kansas City, and on the Big Blue River in Nebraska. These were for the purpose of obtaining a wider knowledge of archeological manifesta- tions in the area. In one case the trip was instrumental in stopping _ the destruction of a group of mounds in the path of a real-estate sub- division. From April 24 to May 7, 1947, Mr. Bliss, in association with J. Joseph Bauxar, as previously noted, made a reconnaissance of nine proposed reservoirs in Kansas, Colorado, and Montana. He assisted in the preparation of the report on the Smokey Hill Sub-basin. On June 10 Mr. Bliss left Lincoln in charge of a field party and proceeded to the Glendo Reservoir in Wyoming where the remainder of the month was devoted to an intensive survey. At the end of the fiscal year, 30 sites had been located in addition to the ones noted during the preliminary reconnaissance in the summer of 1946. Paul L. Cooper, archeologist, became a member of the Missouri Basin staff on July 15, 1946. Between that time and August 8 he as- sisted in the preparations for work in the field and made two trips to ~ Omaha with Dr. Wedel for the purpose of consultation with members of the National Park Service and the Corps of Engineers. On August 3 he left Lincoln with J. Joseph Bauxar to make preliminary surveys at reservoir sites in Nebraska, South Dakota, North Dakota, and Mon- tana. As previously noted, .68 archeological and paleontological sites were located during the course of this survey. Mr. Cooper returned to the Lincoln headquarters on September 22, and from October 7, 1946, to May 21, 1947, was in charge of the operation of the office and laboratory. During this period he planned and supervised the work of the project personnel, compiled monthly progress reports for the 10 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 National Park Service and the Bureau of Reclamation, assisted in the setting up of record systems in the laboratory and in establishing methods for issuing the reports based on the field work and laboratory studies. Owing to a shortage of personnel, it was necessary for Mr. Cooper to devote much of his time to direct supervision and to many of the actual operations involved in mimeographing and distributing the preliminary appraisals of the archeological and paleontological resources of the various reservoirs. In May Mr. Cooper represented the River Basin Surveys at a symposium on the River Valley program conducted by the Nebraska Academy of Sciences. During the period May 21 to June 2, 1947, Mr. Cooper prepared reports on Heart Butte, Dickenson, Deerfield, Shadehill, Blue Horse, Sheyenne, and Garrison Reservoirs, and on the Devils Lake area. Mr. Cooper left Lincoln on June 8, 1947, in charge of a field party which was to undertake a pre- liminary reconnaissance of the Fort Randall Reservoir on the Missouri River in South Dakota. This reconnaissance was still in progress on June 30, at which time 60 archeological sites had been located and recorded. Robert B. Cumming, Jr., archeologist, was added to the staff as laboratory supervisor at the Lincoln headquarters on October 1, 1946. Since the laboratory was then being moved to new quarters in the basement of the Love Memorial Library building, Mr. Cumming began work by assisting in the formulation of the laboratory plan and plac- ing the equipment in order so that routine work could proceed. Dur- ing the fall and winter months he assisted in planning and initiating basic laboratory methods. A triplicate filing system was devised in which information covering approximately 175 sites was filed in a site file, a reservoir file, and a reserve file. A photographic file system was organized wherein prints were mounted on 5- by 8-inch cards bear- ing descriptive information and were filed in accordance with a stand- ard trinomial system consisting of symbols for the State, county, and site. The negatives were filed in a separate cabinet using the same system for identification. Mr. Cumming also formulated the system for cleaning, cataloging, and storing the specimens and assisted in initiating an inventory procedure for equipment and supplies which he maintained throughout the year. In addition, he assisted in super- vising the maintenance of equipment. He also assisted in the work and supervision of the preparation of illustrations, drafting of site maps, typing, mimeographing, proofreading, and assembling of the preliminary reports. During such times as the field directors were absent from the headquarters office, he handled the business routine in the office. At the close of the fiscal year Mr. Cumming was engaged in processing the records sent in from the field for 50 sites located after resumption of the survey work. Because the laboratory was under- REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 71 staffed during much of the year, it was necessary for Mr. Cumming _ to perform tasks which should have been done by laboratory workers. This condition was relieved somewhat during the last few weeks of the fiscal year when several part-time workers were added to the staff. This enabled Mr. Cumming to devote more time to the technical aspects of the laboratory problem. Jack T. Hughes, archeologist, was appointed to the Missouri Basin staff on July 15, 1946. From then until August 4 he assisted in the preparations for field work and received instructions as to the manner in which the surveys were to be conducted. On August 4 he left Lincoln with Wesley L. Bliss for a preliminary reconnaissance of Bureau of Reclamation reservoir sites in Wyoming and Montana. He returned to Lincoln on September 22 after having assisted in the ex- amination of the 10 reservoirs previously mentioned in the discussion of the work of Mr. Bliss. During the period from September 22, 1946, to May 3, 1947, Mr. Hughes engaged in library research, labora- tory analysis of specimens, and the preparation of reports. Prelimi- nary appraisals were written for the Glendo, Kortes, Boysen, Anchor, Lake Solitude, and Oregon Basin Reservoirs in Wyoming, the Yellow- tail Reservoir in Wyoming and Montana, and the Canyon Ferry Res- ervoir in Montana. Technical reports were also written for Glendo, Kortes, Boysen, Anchor, Oregon Basin, and Yellowtail. From May 3 to May 12, 1947, Mr. Hughes participated with Marvin F. Kivett, in a brief reconnaissance of seven proposed reservoir sites in the Lower Platte Basin of Nebraska. After his return to Lincoln, he assisted in the preparation of the preliminary appraisal of the archeological resources of this group of reservoirs in the Lower Platte Basin of Nebraska. On June 10 he left Lincoln with the field party under Wes- ley L. Bliss and spent the remainder of the month at the Glendo Reservoir in eastern Wyoming. Marvin F. Kivett joined the Surveys staff on July 15, 1946, as arche- ologist. On August 2 he left Lincoln to make a reconnaissance of eight reservoir areas in Kansas, Nebraska, and Colorado. This work con- tinued until September 20, 1946, when he returned to Lincoln. In the course of 7 weeks spent in the field, a total of 75 archeological sites were recorded in the 8 reservoir areas; 60 of these sites were unreported prior to the reconnaissance. On October 16 Mr. Kivett went to the Harlan County Reservoir, Nebr., where he carried on an extensive survey until November 23. This included excavation in a prehistoric ossuary and limited test excavations in four occupational areas. This work produced much information on the nature of the archeological remains in the area. From November 24, 1946, to May 2, 1947, Mr. Kivett worked at headquarters in Lincoln writing preliminary ap- praisals of the resources of the eight reservoirs visited during the 764815476 72 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 summer field season and in analyzing the data and specimens collected and in preparing technical reports. The preliminary reports com- pleted and mimeographed for distribution were on the Kirwin, Cedar Bluff, and Kanopolis Reservoirs in Kansas; the Enders, Harlan County, and Medicine Creek Reservoirs in Nebraska; and the Cherry Creek and Wray Reservoirs in Colorado. Mr. Kivett left Lincoln on May 3, 1947, in company with Jack T. Hughes. From then until May 19 they made a preliminary reconnaissance of six reservoirs in the Lower Platte River Sub-basin. A total of 19 previously unreported archeological sites were located during this period. After his return to Lincoln, Mr. Kivett prepared preliminary reports on the Lower Platte River Basin including all the information obtained from the six reservoirs visited. The period from June 1 to June 9 was spent in preparing for a preliminary reconnaissance of the Garrison Reservoir in North Dakota. Mr. Kivett and his party left Lincoln for North Dakota on June 9, and at the end of the year they were engaged in a survey of the Garrison Reservoir. Theodore EK. White, paleontologist, was appointed to the general River Basin Surveys staff on April 15, 1947. From that date until April 26 he devoted his time to studying collections of fossil material trom the Missouri Basin in the United States National Museum. On April 27 he left Washington for Lincoln, Nebr., and on April 29 joined the Missouri Basin staff. He left Lincoln on May 2 and spent 6 days in a reconnaissance of proposed reservoir areas in the Lower Platte Sub-basin in north central Nebraska. During this time he visited seven reservoir basins finding fossil remains in only one. These were reworked material of little scientific value. Dr. White returned to the Lincoln headquarters on May 9 and left on May 13 to make a recon- naissance of the Republican and Smokey Hill Sub-basins in south- western Nebraska, Kansas, and Colorado. This work continued until June 6, during which time he visited nine reservoirs in Nebraska, eight in Kansas, and two in Colorado. Seven of these sites were recom- mended for a more detailed survey on the basis of material found and the extent of the exposures. From June 6 to June 13 Dr. White worked at the Lincoln headquarters preparing reports and recom- mendations for the various reservoirs which he had examined. On June 13 he left Lincoln to examine proposed reservoir areas in the North Platte Sub-basin in Wyoming, the Cheyenne River Sub-basin in Wyoming and South Dakota, and smaller sub-basins in North and South Dakota. This reconnaissance lasted until June 28, and during the period three reservoirs were visited in Wyoming, six in South Dakota and four in North Dakota. Three of the reservoirs were rec- ommended for more detailed investigation. White returned to Lin- coln on June 28 and at the end of the fiscal year was preparing to start for further survey work in Wyoming and Montana. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY > 73 Several students were employed as members of the various field parties for the Surveys beginning in June 1947. Robert L. Hall and Warren L. Wittry left Lincoln on June 2 with the Cooper party for the Fort Randall Reservoir in South Dakota, and at the end of the fiscal year were occupied in the survey of that area. John L. Essex, Gordon F. McKenzie, and Leo L. Stewart left Lincoln on June 9 as members of the Kivett party to make a reconnaissance of the Garrison Reservoir area in North Dakota. Mr. Essex had previously assisted Mr. Kivett in the work at the Harlan County Reservoir, Nebr., in November 1946. H.G. Pierce joined the Bliss party and left Lincoln on June 10 to assist in the survey at the Glendo Reservoir in Wyoming. He was still with the party at the end of the fiscal year. John C. Donohoe was employed on June 27 to assist the paleontologist, Dr. Theodore E. White. Georgia.—Intensive survey of the Allatoona Reservoir area on the Etowah River in Georgia was carried on during the period Novem- ber 12, 1946, to April 1, 1947. This survey was made by Joseph R. Caldwell, of the Division of Archeology, United States National Mu- seum, who was detailed to the River Basin Surveys for that purpose. Caldwell located 206 archeological sites representing a record of thou- sands of years of diverse human cultures. Information obtained from this survey has added materially to the aboriginal history of that part of Georgia. Full knowledge, however, cannot be gained without ex- cavation of some of the sites and the testing of others. In view of this the preliminary report, prepared by Mr. Caldwell and distributed to the National Park Service and the Corps of Engineers, recom- mends the excavation of 10 sites and the testing of 33 others. A re- quest for further funds for this purpose has been made by the National Park Service to the Corps of Engineers, but at the end of the fiscal year no response had been received to the request. The specimens col- lected from the sites examined during the course of this survey were transferred to the National Museum on A pril 17, 1947. Virginia-North Carolina—The archeological reconnaissance of the Buggs Island project on the Roanoke River was carried on during the period of February 14 to May 1, 1947. This work was under the super- vision of Carl F. Miller of the River Basin Surveys staff. During the course of the investigations, 94 archeological sites were located, 2 of which are extremely important as they appear to represent an eastern phase of the so-called Folsom culture which flourished in the western plains during the closing days of the last Ice Age. Other sites are pre- Colonial and some date from the early Colonial period. The latter are significant as they contain material characteristic of the late seven- teenth-century contact with European culture and their investigation would throw considerable light on this little-known era. Excavation of 14 sites including the 2 eastern Folsom examples and the testing of 14 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 5 others has been recommended. A preliminary report on the Buggs Island Reservoir was completed but had not been processed for dis- tribution at the end of the fiscal year. Texas.—River Basin Surveys were started in Texas in March 1947 when, through the kindness and cooperation of the authorities, a field base and headquarters were established at the Department of Anthro- pology of the University of Texas at Austin. A survey of the Addicks Reservoir on South Mayde Creek, a tributary of Buffalo Bayou, near Houston, got under way March 27 and was still in progress at the close of the fiscal year. The Addicks project is not a reservoir in the true sense of the word, but a flood-prevention dam which will not retain water in its basin for more than 2 or 38 weeks at a time. AS a consequence, most of the sites located in the basin will be available for study or excavation during most of the year. A series of nine sites were found, however, which were being destroyed by stream ac- tion, by construction work on the dam, or by indiscriminate and unau- thorized digging. As a consequence, it was necessary to shift from a reconnaissance type of survey to an intensive testing procedure to salvage as much information as possible. Six of them were examined by digging a number of test pits in various portions of the areas which they covered, and subsequently two of the six were extensively excava- ted. The cooperation of the district engineer, Col. D. W. Griffiths, in supplying a crew of 10 men and a foreman for a period of several weeks made these excavations possible. One of the excavated sites consisted of a stratified midden containing a sequence of several cul- tural horizons. Work on the site was started on May 29 and completed on June 13. ‘The second was started on June 16 and was still being dug at the end of the fiscal year. ‘The information and material from these two sites will provide a fairly complete sequence showing the development of aboriginal culture in this area over a comparatively long period of time. During this period, the Indians progressed from a simple hunting group to a sedentary agricultural and pottery- making people. The data obtained are a significant contribution to the hitherto little-known pre-Columbian history of this part of Texas. The Hords Creek Reservoir on Hords Creek, near Coleman, was sur- veyed during the period May 6 to May 17, 1947. Only eight sites were found in the reservoir basin. Six of them were burned rock middens and two were open camp sites. None gave indication of being of sufficient importance to warrant further investigation. Com- — parable material is available elsewhere in locations which will not be inundated. Unless construction work should reveal subsurface de- posits of archeological material, no additional work will be required in this reservoir. The Whitney Dam area on the Brazos River north of Waco was started on May 20 and was still in progress at the end of the fiscal REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 75 year. By June 30 a little over half of the basin had been covered. Numerous sites had been located and recorded, and a number had been trenched for additional information. Several small rock shel- ters were excavated to salvage material which was being disturbed by unauthorized collectors. Two laborers for digging test trenches and for excavating in the shelters were supplied by the resident engineer. The Brazos flows through an important archeological and paleon- tological area in Texas and much information is contained in the sites which will be flooded by the Whitney Dam. On the basis of data already obtained by the survey, a number of key sites will be recom- mended for excavation. Joe Ben Wheat, archeologist, was appointed to the Surveys in Texas on March 20, 1947. He left Austin on March 25 for Galveston where he conferred with the district engineer and obtained information about the priority of various Corps of Engineer projects in Texas. From Galveston he proceeded to the Barker Reservoir near Houston. He found that the project was so near completion that there was no possibility of salvaging archeological information from that area. Construction on the Barker Dam had completely destroyed one large mound and obliterated any evidence of occupation areas. As a con- sequence he proceeded to the nearby Addicks Dam and began a sur- vey of that area. After learning that much of the reservoir basin would be under water only at rare intervals, Mr. Wheat turned his attention to six sites in the immediate vicinity of the dam which _ would be destroyed either as a result of construction or by erosion from stream action. All these were tested, and from the information thus obtained he concluded that two of them should be excavated as they contained a sequence of materials showing a number of cultural changes. In this connection he went to Galveston on May 20 and con- ferred with Colonel Griffiths, the district engineer. As a result of this conference, Mr. Wheat was furnished an excavation crew, trans- portation, and the equipment necessary for conducting the excava- tions. He returned to Addicks on May 22, and was able to begin actual excavations on May 29. Digging was still in progress on June 30. Robert L. Stephenson, archeologist, joined the Surveys in Texas on April 28. From that date until May 5 he worked at Austin, conferring with members of the Museum staff at the University, studying collec- tions of archeological material, and making preparations for field reconnaissance. He left Austin on May 6 for the Hords Creek Reser- voir. From May 7 through May 17 he examined the Hords Creek Reservoir Basin, locating and recording eight archeological sites. On May 18 he left Coleman for Waco where he conferred with Frank H. Watt, of the Central Texas Archeological Association, obtaining information about archeological sites along the Brazos River, and 76 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 particularly in the area to be flooded by the Whitney Dam. On May 19 he went to Whitney and conferred with the Resident Engineer. On May 20 he began the actual survey of the Whitney Dam area and continued with that work to the end of the fiscal year. During the course of his investigations he interviewed numerous local residents, obtaining all the information possible pertaining to the occurrence of archeological sites, and studied collections of artifacts which had been gathered from sites in the area. In addition he made note of various historic remains and obtained such data as were available about them. This information was forwarded to the regional office of the National Park Service at Santa Fe, N. Mex., for the benefit of the Park Service historians. : California—Archeological surveys were started in California in May 1947. Through the cooperation of the Department of Anthro- pology of the University of California, at Berkeley, headquarters for the Surveys were made available. During the period from March 21 through June 28, 1947, six Corps of Engineers proposed reservoir basins were surveyed. They were Pine Flat on King’s River, Terminus on Kaweah River, Success on Tule River, Isabella on Kern River, Folsom on American River, and Coyote Valley on the east fork of the Russian River. A total of 59 sites were located, and of this number 8 have been recommended for excavation or partial excavation. Some immediate contributions to the archeological knowledge of California were derived from the surveys. Two aboriginal soapstone quarries and three pictograph sites, none of which had been described previously in archeological literature, were located. Surface collec- tions of sherds of the unique and little-known Yokuts-Mona pottery will permit a more extensive description of the type from archeological sources than has previously been possible. Franklin Fenenga, archeologist, was appointed to the California surveys on March 21. He made all the surveys in the six reservoirs listed above, prepared the preliminary reports on their archeological resources, and made recommendations for further work. On June 28 Mr. Fenenga left Berkeley, Calif., for Eugene, Oreg., and at the end of the fiscal year was starting a survey of the Detroit Reservoir in the Willamette Valley. During the course of the surveys in California Mr. Fenenga em- ployed several student assistants. Stephen C. Cappannari served in that capacity from May 8 to 11 inclusive; Francis A. Riddell, May 29-June 1, and June 12-15; Harry S. Riddell, Jr., April 17-20; and Clarence E. Smith, April 1--6, May 1-4 and 19-25. Columbia-Snake Basin——The program for surveys in the Columbia- Snake Basin was just getting under way at the close of the fiscal year. Dr. Philip Drucker, anthropologist on the regular staff of the Bureau REPORT OF THE SECRETARY > Ta of American Ethnology, was detailed to the River Basin Surveys for the purpose of directing the work in this area. On June 30 he had established field headquarters at Eugene, where the Department of Anthropology of the University of Oregon provided office and labora- tory space. Two field parties left Eugene on the morning of June 30, one to make a reconnaissance of the Detroit Reservoir, a Corps of Engineers project on the North Santiam River, in the Willamette Valley, Oreg., and the other to make investigations at the Cascade Reservoir on the North Fork Payette River in Idaho. Plans for the summer called for the survey of 4 Corps of Engineers and 12 Bureau of Reclamation projects. Dr. Drucker left Washington on June 17, 1947, for San Francisco, Calif. He spent the day of June 18 at Lincoln, Nebr., studying the operational procedure being used in the Missouri Basin surveys and the laboratory arrangements for processing and cataloging specimens received from the field. He arrived in San Francisco on the 19th and spent the following 2 days in conference with the regional officers of Region 4 of the National Park Service and members of the Department of Anthropology at the University of California in Berkeley. On June 22 he left San Francisco for Portland, Oreg., arriving on the 23d. At Portland he spent 2 days discussing plans for the surveys with Regional Archeologist Louis R. Caywood of the National Park Service, regional officials of the Bureau of Reclamation, and repre- sentatives of the district engineer of the Corps of Engineers. At this time he also made arrangements for the field headquarters at Eugene. He returned to San Francisco on June 24 and reported the results of his trip to Portland to the regional office of the National Park Service. He also recruited personnel for the field parties and made arrangements for the shipment of equipment from Berkeley to Eu- gene. He left Berkeley on June 28, arriving at Eugene, Oreg., on the 29th. He left Eugene on June 30 with the field party proceeding to the Cascade Reservoir. Clarence E. Smith, archeologist, was appointed to the Columbia- Snake Basin surveys on June 25. He spent the following 2 days assisting Dr. Drucker and Franklin Fenenga in making preparations for the summer’s field work. On June 28 he left Berkeley in company with Fenenga for Eugene, Oreg. They arrived at Eugene on the 29th and on the morning of the 30th left for the Detroit Reservoir. Richard D. Daugherty, archeologist, was appointed to the Columbia-Snake Basin staff on June 30, and left the same day for the Cascade Reservoir in Idaho. Francis A. Riddell joined the Surveys staff on June 26, as field assistant. He left Berkeley, Calif., on June 28 and arrived at Eugene, Oreg., on June 29. On June 30 he left Eugene in company with Mr. Daugherty and Mr. Drucker for the Cascade Reservoir. 78 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Cooperating institutions—The River Basin Surveys have been for- tunate in receiving wholehearted cooperation from local institutions in many portions of the country. Not only has space for field offices and laboratories been provided together with the assistance and advice of members of the various staffs, as at the University of Nebraska, the University of Texas, the University of California, and the University of Oregon, but in a number of cases units in the survey program have been taken over and are being worked by universities and local organ- izations. ‘This active cooperation has relieved the River Basin Sur- veys of a considerable burden and has made for more rapid progress throughout the country as a whole. In Pennsylvania the Pennsylvania Historical and Museum Com- mission helped with the program. The University of Kentucky as- sumed responsibility for investigations at the Wolf Creek and Dewey Reservoir projects in that State. The Alabama Museum of Natural History conducted surveys along the lower Chattahoochee River Basin in Alabama in areas which will be inundated. The Ohio State Mu- seum at Columbus investigated Corps of Engineers projects in that State. The University of Missouri, in cooperation with the Missouri Resources Museum and the Missouri Archeological Society, started surveys and excavations in that portion of the Bull Shoals Reservoir, on the White River, which lies in Missouri and at several Corps of Engineers projects on the Osage River. The Department of An- thropology of the University of Chicago and the Illinois State Mu- seum at Springfield agreed to cooperate in a survey of the Illinois River Basin where 17 Corps of Engineers projects are proposed. The University of Oklahoma examined and reported on two reservoirs, one of which, the Wister, will inundate extensive and important archeological material. The University of Nebraska cooperated both in the search for and the excavation of paleontological material and in archeological reconnaissance. The Nebraska State Historical So- ciety assisted in the survey work and also did some digging in sites which will be destroyed by construction work. The South Dakota Historical Society did some survey work and also some excavation. The University of North Dakota and the North Dakota Historical Society cooperated in making a survey at the Heart Butte Reservoir and in testing a number of sites in that area. The University of Colo- rado assumed responsibility for a survey of eight reservoir basins in the Colorado-Big Thompson project and for more intensive investi- gation at the Wray Reservoir in eastern Colorado. The University of Denver planned surveys of a number of reservoirs in the Blue River-South Platte project and of two in the Arkansas River Basin south of Pueblo. Western State College took over the examination of a group of reservoirs along the Gunnison River in western Colorado. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 79 The Archeological Survey Association of Southern California, spon- sored by a number of museums in that area, started the investigation of a number of Corps of Engineers projects in southern California. The University of Washington surveyed a number of proposed reser- voir basins in that State and made all the information available to the Columbia-Snake Basin group at Eugene. It also did some exca- vation work. The Reports of Progress prepared by the cooperating organizations are sent to the River Basin Surveys for coordination and are then for- warded to the National Park Service. All the information obtained thus becomes a part of the record of the River Basin Surveys in general. EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS The editorial work of the Bureau continued during the year under the immediate direction of the editor, M. Helen Palmer. There were issued one Annual Report and one Publication of the Institute of Social Anthropology, as listed below. Sixty-third Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1945-46. 12 pp. Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 3. Moche, a Peruvian Coastal Com- munity, by John Gillin. 166 pp., 26 pls., 8 figs., 1 map. The following publications were in press at the close of the fiscal year: Bulletin 148. Handbook of South American Indians. Julian H. Steward, editor. Volume 3: The Tropical Forest Tribes. Volume 4: The Circum-Caribbean Tribes. Volume 5: The Comparative Ethnology of the South American Indians. Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 4. Cultural and Historical Geogra- phy of Southwest Guatemala, by Felix Webster McBryde. Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No.5. Highland Communities of Central Peru: A Regional Survey, by Harry Tschopik, Jr. Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 6. Hmpire’s Children: the People of Tzintzuntzan, by George M. Foster. Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 7. Cultural Geography of the Mod- ern Tarascan Area, by Robert C. West. Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 8. Sierra Popoluca Speech, by Mary L. Foster and George M. Foster. Publications distributed totaled 7,948, as compared with 12,730 for the fiscal year 1945-46. LIBRARY The Library of the Bureau has continued in charge of the librarian, Miss Miriam B. Ketchum, assisted by M. L. Fiester, who was appointed March 17, 1947. The total accessions in the library as of June 30, 1947, were 34,462. There were 148 new accessions during the fiscal year, by purchase, gift, 80 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 and exchange. Many of the foreign exchanges which lapsed during the war have again resumed, and good progress has been made-in filling the gaps, brought about by the war, in periodical sets. _ Cards on hand for domestic periodicals have been typed, and the shelf list for this classification is now complete. A beginning has been made on typing the cards for serial publications of domestic societies and institutions, and this will soon be finished. The labeling of sets of publications of domestic societies and institu- tions and all the domestic periodicals has been completed, and the labeling of the foreign serial publications has begun. ILLUSTRATIONS From late fall of 1946 up to June 30, 1947, E. G. Cassedy, illustrator, spent most of the time, with the exception of time taken out to prepare weather graphs, work for the Editorial Division, and miscellaneous maps and plates, on the restoration of the old Indian negatives of the Bureau of American Ethnology. With the help of Mr. Brostrup this work has been progressing very satisfactorily and many negatives which were important historically and which were about to be lost, have been preserved for coming generations. ARCHIVES Miss Mae W. Tucker continued the work of operating and cataloging the manuscript and photographic archives of the Bureau. In addi- tion to furnishing material for routine requests, some special requests for photographic prints requiring urgent attention have been filled. Visitors desiring to consult material in the archives have been given the required assistance. The greater part of the time has been given to work on the manu- script catalog which is being prepared for publication, to include al} the unpublished manuscript material in the Bureau archives. The data for this catalog has been typed on individual cards for each item and is ready for final assembling. A new file-print collection consisting of prints made from the re- photographed and retouched negatives in the Bureau collection has been started and will continue as the new prints are made. On Mr. Cassedy’s recommendation, an extra set of prints is being made along with the file prints, this set to be preserved for possible emergency use. Some time is necessarily required for research work in connection with both the manuscript material and the photographs. SPECIAL PHOTOGRAPHIC RESTORATION PROJECT The Bureau of American Ethnology ever since its inception in 1879 has maintained a collection of photographic negatives of North Ameri- REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 81 can Indians. The file had its origin with the famous “Jackson” col- lection of over 1,000 negatives which was brought to the Bureau by Major Powell from the directorship of the United States Geological Survey. This unique and valuable group has been supplemented by about 11,000 additional negatives obtained from various sources in- cluding the field trips of the first 40 years, the exposures made in Washington of the visiting Indian delegations, gifts, and purchases. Nowhere else in this country is there a more complete photographic record of the Indians who figured prominently in peace and war during the important opening of the West in the nineteenth century. In several instances the only known photographs of important char- acters of this period are in this collection. The great bulk of this collection was made before 1900 in the early days of photography, and often under extremely adverse field condi- tions of heat and bulky weight. These factors have contributed toward a deterioration of the negative image. This deterioration fortunately has started around the edges of the negative and is progressing toward the center, still leaving the figure and facial characteristics quite legi- ble. However, if allowed to go on unchecked this collection will have disintegrated unto uselessness. During this fiscal year it was determined to inaugurate a systematic program of restoration and preservation of this unique collection. The continuous demand for reprints from these negatives, especially those being used for publication, made this restoration imperative. In February 1947 the services of a photographer, John O. Brostrup, were obtained. The photographer and the scientific illustrator have begun the program of restoration and preservation of these negatives. The following system was devised and is being used in this work: (1) Chemical improvement and cleaning of the original negative. (2) Making a uniform enlarged print from the original negative, cropping out destroyed and objectionable background areas. (3) Res- toration of missing areas, and improvement of backgrounds by the scientific illustrator with the minimum alteration necessary to pre- serve faithfully the original negative. (4) Copying the restored en- largement to uniform 8 by 10 inch size. (5) Printing of permanent file prints. All the processing is being carried out with the intent of insuring as great a degree of permanence as possible. First priority is being given those negatives which are needed to supply prints for pay orders, i. e., those for which there is an imme- diate demand. Second priority are those negatives which are in the most advanced stages of deterioration. At the beginning of the work in February an inspection was made of each negative, and those requiring early restoration were listed. 82 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 A file of restored prints is being built up, and inspection in the offices of the Bureau of American Ethnology is invited. COLLECTIONS Collections transferred by the Bureau of American Ethnology to the Department of Anthropology, United States National Museen dur- ing the fiscal year were as follows: Accession No. Collection 176066. 65 ethnological specimens from the Rio Vaupés in Colombia and Brazil. Collected by Paul H. Allen. 176157. 3 ethnological specimens from the Navaho Indians. Collected by Dr. John P. Harrington, at Fort Defiance, Ariz., in 1939. 176347. 1 ceremonial cane from the Iroquois Indians of Six Nations Reserve, Canada. Collected by J. N. B. Hewitt, June 1916. MISCELLANEOUS During the course of the year information was furnished by mem- bers of the Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning the American Indians, both past and present, of both continents. Vari- ous specimens sent to the Bureau were identified and data on them furnished for their owners. Respectfully submitted. M. W. Stiruine, Chief. Dr. A. Wrermorr, Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. APPENDIX 6 REPORT ON THE INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE SERVICE Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the activi- ties of the International Exchange Service for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947. Although shipping was suspended during September, October, and November because of shipping and trucking strikes, the allotment for transportation was practically exhausted by the end of March. There- fore it was necessary to curtail sharply shipping during the last 3 months of the fiscal year. The number of packages received for transmission during the year was 703,798, an increase over the previous year of 163,296. The weight of these packages was 773,975 pounds, an increase of 301,676 pounds. The average weight of the individual packages is approxi- mately 1 pound, 2 ounces, as compared to the average of the previous year of approximately 14 ounces—an indication that the institutions are still shipping material held during the war. The material re- ceived from both foreign and domestic sources for distribution is classified as shown in the following table: Packages Weight Received Received Sent Sent from from abroad abroad. abroad abroad Pounds | Pounds United States parliamentary documents sent abroad -_______-_-- SY (Gy iO oe WT Gg22 |e oe Publications received in return for parliamentary documents_-__|__._______ Qh7544 | Rane a 6, 421 United States departmental documents sent abroad__-_--------- 1295075) | eee eee es AQOE S15) | eee ee Publications received in return for departmental documents-_-_-_]_______-_- 6.573) | saseee ee 13, 996 Miscellaneous scientific and literary publications sent abroad_-_-| 166,009 |--.--.---- 2925492) eae sees Miscellaneous scientific and literary publications received from abroad for distribution in the United States____....._.....---]_-_-----_- PAY fete 00) (eS 84, 029 FTO Lal ee ta ena Rare oe Ce A oe AA 670, 585 33, 213 669, 529 104, 446 Grandi totale eee es ee NN uae bak he 703, 798 773, 975 The packages are forwarded partly by mail direct to the addressees and partly by freight to the exchange bureaus. The number of boxes shipped was 2,578, a decrease of 539. Of the boxes shipped 638 were for depositories of full sets of the United States Government docu- ments furnished in exchange for the official publications of foreign governments for deposit in the Library of Congress. The number of packages forwarded by mail was 164,305. 83 84 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Of the material accumulated at the Institution during the war, there remained at the beginning of the fiscal year 196,082 pounds. This war backlog was reduced to 69,020 but owing to enforced decrease in shipments during the last quarter of the year the actual backlog at the end of the year was 110,998 pounds. Consignments are now forwarded to all countries except Rumania and Yugoslavia. Shipments to these countries will probably be re- sumed during the coming year. The notable resumptions of exchange are with Germany and Japan, which were effected with the cooperation of the Civil Affairs Division of he War Department. FOREIGN DEPOSITORIES OF GOVERNMENTAL DOCUMENTS The number of sets of United States official publications received to be sent in return for the official publications sent by foreign govern- ments for deposit in the Library of Congress is 98 (56 full and 37 partial sets). The depository for Germany has been changed as indicated in the list and the set formerly sent to the League of Nations is now sent to the United Nations. DEPOSITORIES OF FULL SETS ARGENTINA: Direccién de Investigaciones, Archivo, Biblioteca y Legislacion Ex- tranjero, Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriories y Culto, Buenos Aires. AUSTRALIA: Commonwealth Parliament and National Library, Canberra. New Souts WALES: Public Library of New South Wales, Sydney. QUEENSLAND: Parliamentary Library, Brisbane. SoutH AUSTRALIA: Public Library of South Australia, Adelaide. TASMANIA: Parliamentary Library, Hobart. Victror1A: Public Library of Victoria, Melbourne. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Public Library of Western Australia, Perth. AustTrRIA;: National Library of Austria, Vienna.* BELGIUM: Bibliothéque Royale, Bruxelles. Brazit: Instituto Nacional do Livro, Rio de Janeiro. CANADA: Library of Parliament, Ottawa. MAniTosa: Provincial Library, Winnipeg. OnrarlIo: Legislative Library, Toronto. QuEBEC: Library of the Legislature of the Province of Quebec. CHILE: Biblioteca Nacional, Santiago. CHINA: Ministry of Education, National Library, Nanking, China. Prrpine: National Library of Peiping. CoLOMBIA: Biblioteca Nacional, Bogota. Costa Rica: Oficina de Depésito y Canje Internacional de Publicaciones, San José. CuBsA: Ministerio de Estado, Canje Internacional, Habana. CZECHOSLOVAKIA : Bibliothéque de 1l’Assemblée Nationale, Prague. DENMARK: Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, Copenhagen. Heyret: Bureau des Publications, Ministére des Finances, Cairo. EstToniA : Riigiraamatukogu (State Library), Tallinn. FINLAND: Parliamentary Library, Helsinki. *Added during the year. tsar REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 85 FRANCE: Bibliothéque Nationale, Paris. GERMANY: Offentliche Wissenschaftliche Bibliothek, Berlin.*? GREAT BRITAIN: ENGLAND: British Museum, London. Lonpon : London School of Economics and Political Science. (Depository of the London County Council.) Houneary: Library, Hungarian House of Delegates, Budapest. Inpia: Imperial Library, Calcutta. TrELAND: National Library of Ireland, Dublin. Ivaty: Ministerio della Publica Istruxione, Rome. JAPAN: Imperial Library of Japan, Tokyo.’ Mexico: Secretaria de Relaciones Exteriores, Departamento de Informacién para el Extranjero, Mexico, D. F. NETHERLANDS: Royal Library, The Hague. NEw ZEALAND: General Assembly Library, Wellington. NORTHERN JRELAND: H. M. Stationery Office, Belfast. Norway: Universitets-Bibliothek, Oslo. (Depository of the Government of Norway.) Peru: Seccion de Propaganda y Publicaciones, Ministerio de Relaciones Ex- teriores, Lima. PHILIPPINES: National Library, Manila.* PoLaAND: Bibliothéque Nationale, Warsaw. PortucAL: Biblioteca Nacional, Lisbon. RuMAnrIA: Academia Romana, Bucharest. Spain: Cambio Internacional de Publicaciones, Avenida Calvo Sotelo 20, Madrid. Swepen : Kungliga Biblioteket, Stockholm. SWITZERLAND: Bibliothéque Centrale Fédérale, Berne. TURKEY : Department of Printing and Engraving, Ministry of Education, Istanbul. UNION oF SoutH Arrica;: State Library, Pretoria, Transvaal. UNION oF Soviet ScociALisr REpustics: All-Union Lenin Library, Moscow 115. UKRAINE: Ukrainian Society for Cultural Relations with Foreign Countries, Kiev. UNITED NATIONS: Library of the United Nations, Geneva, Switzerland. Urnucuay: Oficina de Canje Internacional de Publicaciones, Montevideo. VENEZUELA : Biblioteca Nacional, Caracas. YUGOSLAVIA ; Ministére de Education, Belgrade. DEPOSITORIES OF PARTIAL SETS AFGHANISTAN: Library of the Afghan Academy, Kabul. Botivia: Biblioteca del Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores y Culto, La Paz. BRAZIL: Minas Gerars: Directoria Geral e Estatistica em Minas, Bello Horizonte. BriTIsH GUIANA: Government Secretary’s Office, Georgetown, Demerara. CANADA: ALBERTA: Provincial Library, Edmonton. BritisH CoLUMBIA: Provincial Library, Victoria. New Brunswick: Legislative Library, Fredericton. Nova Scotia; Provincial Secretary of Nova Scotia, Halifax. PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND: Legislative and Public Library, Charlottetown. SASKATCHEWAN: Legislative Library, Regina. * Added during the year. 1 Temporarily suspended. 86 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 CrYLon: Chief Secretary’s Office, Record Department of the Library, Colombo. Dominican REPUBLIC: Biblioteca de la Universidad de Santo Domingo, Ciudad Trujillo. Ecuador: Biblioteca Nacional, Quito. GUATEMALA; Biblioteca Nacional, Guatemala. Halt1: Bibliothéque Nationale, Port-au-Prince. HONDURAS: Biblioteca y Archivo Nacionales, Tegucigalpa. Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Tegucigalpa. IceELAND: National Library, Reykjavik. INDIA: BENGAL: Library, Bengal Legislature, Assembly House, Calcutta. BIHAR AND ORISSA: Revenue Department, Patna. Bombay: Undersecretary to the Government of Bombay, General Depart- ment, Bombay. BurMa: Secretary to the Government of Burma, Education Department, Rangoon. PunJaB: Chief Secretary to the Government of the Punjab, Lahore. UNITED PROVINCES OF AGRA AND OUDH: University of Allahabad, Allahabad. Iran: Imperial Ministry of Education, Tehran. Iraq: Public Library, Baghdad. JAMAICA: Colonial Secretary, Kingston. LiserIa;: Department of State, Monrovia. Matra: Minister for the Treasury, Valleta. NEWFOUNDLAND: Department of Home Affairs, St. John’s. NiIcARAGUA: Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Managua. PANAMA: Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Panama. PARAGUAY: Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Seccién Biblioteca, Asuncién. SALVADOR: Biblioteca Nacional, San Salvador. Ministerio de Relaciones Hxteriores, San Salvador. Sram: Department of Foreign Affairs, Bangkok. VATICAN City: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, Vatican City, Italy. INTERPARLIAMENTARY EXCHANGE OF THE OFFICIAL JOURNAL There are now being sent abroad 71 copies of the Federal Register and 65 copies of the Congressional Record. The countries to which these journals are being forwarded are given in the following list: DEPOSITORIES OF CONGRESSIONAL RECORD AND FEDERAL REGISTER ARGENTINA ; Biblioteca del Congreso Nacional, Buenos Aires. Biblioteca del Poder Judicial, Mendoza.” Camara de Diputados, Oficina de Informacion Parlamentaria, Buenos Aires. Boletin Oficial de la Republica Argentina, Ministerio de Justica e Instruccién Ptblica, Buenos Aires. AUSTRALIA : Commonwealth Parliament and National Library, Canberra. 3 NEw SourH WaLgs: Library of Parliament of New South Wales, Sydney. QUEENSLAND: Chief Secretary’s Office, Brisbane. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Library of Parliament of Western Australia. 3 Federal Register only. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 87 BRAZIL: Biblioteca do Congresso Nacional, Rio de Janeiro. Imprensa Nacional, Rio de Janeiro.’ Amazonas: Archivo, Biblioteca e Imprensa Publica, Manéos. Banta: Governador do Estado da Bahia, Sao Salvador. Espirito SANTO: Presidencia do Estado do Espirito Santo, Victoria. Rio GRANDE Do Sut: “A Wederacio,”’ Porto Alegre. SerGiIrE: Biblioteca Publica do Estado de Sergipe, Aracaji. SAo PavuLo: Imprensa Oficial do Estado, So Paulo. British Honpuras: Colonial Secretary, Belize. CANADA : Library of Parliament, Ottawa. Clerk of the Senate, Houses of Parliament, Ottawa. CUBA: Biblioteca del Capitolio, Habana. Biblioteca Publica Panamericana, Habana.’ Eeypt: Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Egyptian Government, Cairo.® FRANCE: Bibliothéque, Chambre des Députés, Paris. Bibliothéque, Conséil de la Republique.* Publiques de 1’Institute de Droit Compare, University de Paris, Paris.? * Great Britain: Printed Library of the Foreign Office, London. GREECE: Library, Greek Parliament, Athens. GUATEMALA: Biblioteca de la Asamblea Legislativa, Guatemala. Hartt: Bibliothéque Nationale, Port-au-Prince. HonpDuRAS: Biblioteca del Congreso Nacional, Tegucigalpa. INDIA : Civil Secretariat Library, Lucknow, United Provinces.’ * Legislative Assembly Library, Lucknow, United Provinces.* Legislative Department, Simla. IRELAND: Dail Eireann, Dublin. ITaty: International Institute for the Unification of Private Law, Rome.’ Mexico: Direccioén General de Informacidén, Secretaria de Gobernacién, Mexico, D. F. Biblioteca Benjamin Franklin, Mexico, D. F. AGUASCALIENTES: Gobernador del Estado de Aguascalientes, Aguascalientes, CAMPECHE: Gobernador del Hstado de Campeche, Campeche. CHIAPAS: Gobernador del Estado de Chiapas, Tuxtla Gutierrez, CurnuAaHuA: Gobernador del Estado de Chihuahua, Chihuahua. CoAHUILA: Periddico Oficial del Estado de Coahuila, Palacio de Gobierno, Saltillo. — CoLimA: Gobernador del Estado de Colima, Colima. Durango: Gobernador Constitucional del Estado de Durango, Durango. GUANAJUATO: Secretaria General de Gobierno del Hstado, Guanajuato. GUERRERO: Gobernador del Estado de Guerrero, Chilpancingo. JALISCO: Biblioteca del Estado, Guadalajara. LOWER CALIFORNIA: Gobernador del Distrito Norte, Mexicali. México: Gaceta del Gobierno, Toluca. MicHoacAn: Secretaria General de Gobierno del Hstado de Michoacan, Morelia. 2 Federal Register only. 3 Congressional Record only. * Added during the year. 764815—47-—_7 88 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Moretos: Palacio de Gobierno, Cuernavaca. Nayarit: Gobernador de Nayarit, Tepic. NvuEvo LEON: Biblioteca del Estado, Monterrey. OAXACA: Periodico Oficial, Palacio de Gobierno, Oaxaca. PuEBLA : Secretaria General de Gobierno, Puebla. QuERETARO: Secretaria General de Gobierno, Seccién de Archivo, Querétaro. San Luis Porosf: Congreso del Estado, San Luis Potosi. SrnaLoa: Gobernador del Estado, de Sinaloa, Culiacan. Sonora: Gobernador del Estado de Sonora, Hermosillo. Tapasco: Secretaria General de Gobierno, Seccién 3a, Ramo de Prensa, Villahermosa. TAMAULIPAS: Secretaria General de Gobierno, Victoria. TLAxCALA: Secretaria de Gobierno del Estado, Tlaxcala. VeERACRUz: Gobernador del Estado de Veracruz, Departmento de Gobernacién y Justicia, Jalapa. YuoaTAN: Gobernador del Estado de Yucatan, Mérida. NEw ZEALAND: General Assembly Library, Wellington. Peru: Camara de Diputados, Lima. PoLaNnD: Ministry of Justice, Warsaw. Spain: Diputacion de Navarra, San Sebastian. SWITZERLAND: Bibliotéque, Bureau International du Travail, Geneva.’ UNION oF SOUTH AFRICA: CaPrE oF Goop Hore: Library of Parliament, Cape Town. TRANSVAAL: State Library, Pretoria. Urnueuay: Diario Oficial, Calle Florida 1178, Montevideo. VENEZUELA: Biblioteca del Congreso, Caracas. FOREIGN EXCHANGE AGENCIES Exchanges are sent to all countries except Rumania and Yugoslavia. The countries listed are those to which shipments are forwarded by freight. To other countries not eppenring on the list, packages are forwarded by mail. LIST OF AGENCIES Austria: Austrian National Library, Vienna. BEeLe@tuM: Service des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque Royale de Belgique, Bruxelles. CHINA: Bureau of International Exchange, National Central Library, Nanking. CZECHOSLOVAKIA: Bureau des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque de l’Assem- blée Nationale, Prague 1-100. DrenMakK: Institut des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque Royale, Copen- hagen K. Eerypr: Government Press, Publications Office, Bulaq, Cairo. FINLAND: Delegation of the Scientific Societies of Finland, Kasdrangatan 24, Helsinki. FRANCE: Service des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque Nationale, 58 Rue de Richelieu, Paris. GERMANY: Offentliche Wissenschaftliche Bibliothek, Berlin.‘ 2 Federal Register only. ‘ Distribution under supervision of War Department. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY > 89 GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND: Wheldon & Wesley, 721 North Circular Road, Willesden, London, N. W. 2. Huncary: Hungarian Libraries Board, Ferenciektere 5, Budapest, IV. Inp1IA: Superintendent of Government Printing and Stationery, Bombay. ITALY: Ufficio degli Scambi Internzionali, Ministero della Publica Istruxione, Rome. JAPAN: International Exchange Service, Imperial Library of Japan, Uyeno Park, Tokyo.* NETHERLANDS: International Exchange Bureau of the Netherlands, Royal Library, The Hague. New SoutH WALES: Public Library of New South Wales, Sydney. New ZEALAND: General Assembly Library, Wellington. Norway: Service Norvégien des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque de l’Uni- versité Royale, Oslo. PALESTINE: Jewish National and University Library, Jerusalem. Potanp: Service Polonais des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque Nationale, Warsaw. PortuGaL: Seccio de Trocas Internacionais, Biblioteca Nacional, Lisbon. QUEENSLAND: Bureau of Exchanges of International Publications, Chief Secre- tary’s Office, Brisbane. RuMAnNIA: Ministére de la Propagande Nationale, Service des Echanges Inter- nationaux, Bucharest. SoutH AustTRALIA: South Australian Government Exchanges Bureau, Govern- ment Printing and Stationery Office, Adelaide. Spain: Junta de Intercambio y Adquisicién de Libros y Revistas para Biblote- cas Publicas, Ministerio de Educacién Nacional, Avenida Calvo Sotelo 20, Macrid. SWEDEN : Kungliga Biblioteket, Stockholm. SwiTzeRLanp: Service Suisse des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque Centrale Fédérale, Palais Fédérale, Berne. TasMANIA: Secretary to the Premier, Hobart. TURKEY: Ministry of Education, Department of Printing and Engraving, Istanbul. Union oF SoutH Arrica: Government Printing and Stationery Office, Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope. UNION OF SOVIET SocraList REPUBLICS: International Book Exchange Depart- ment, Society for Cultural Relations with Foreign Countries, Moscow, 56. VictTor1IA: Public Library of Victoria, Melbourne. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Public Library of Western Australia, Perth. Yueostavia: Section des Echanges Internationaux, Ministére des Affaires Ktrangéres, Belgrade. Respectfully submitted. H. W. Dorsey, Acting Chief. Dr. A. Wrrmorn, Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 4 Distribution under supervision of War Department. APPENDIX 7 ANNUAL REPORT ON THE NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the opera- tions of the National Zoological Park for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947. The regular appropriation for the operations of the Zoo. was $393,420. A supplemental appropriation of $39,100 for salary in- creases authorized by Congress was also available, making a total of $432,500. Subject to minor changes in final bills, a total of $425,748 was expended for all purposes and an unexpended balance of $6,752 remains. Inability to fill many of the positions for considerable periods resulted in salary savings which were available to apply on salary increases that had been authorized by Congress, thereby reduc- ing the amount that was needed in the supplemental appropriation. During the war equipment had deteriorated and stocks of materials and supplies had become seriously depleted in many instances. , By diligent search the Zoo has been able to replace or repair some of the equipment and replenish some of the supplies and materials. The close of the fiscal year finds the Zoo short as to many items, but as a whole in a definitely better condition than prevailed a year ago as to exhibition animals, personnel, equipment, materials, supplies, and general condition of structures and grounds. During the past year a slight improvement in the supply of animals for exhibition has enabled the Zoo partially to replenish the stock. Physical improvements included the completion of 370 square yards of sidewalk; surface treatment of nearly all the main roads, a small parking area opposite the large-mammal house, the road back of the bird house, and the service road from the silver-gull cage to the bird house. Excellent progress has been made in painting, which is a con- tinuous operation in an establishment of the size and type of the. National Zoological Park. The general appearance of the grounds has been very materially improved by pruning, clearing of under- brush, cutting down weeds, and renewing and mowing lawns, all of which had been seriously neglected during the war period. During the summer of 1946 excellent progress was made in fighting poison ivy by spraying with ammonium sulfamate. This procedure was con- tinued during the summer of 1947, and already a great reduction in this pest is noticeable. The fight against poison ivy was greatly 90 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 91 facilitated by the cooperation of the Department of Agriculture, Bureau of Plant Industry, in lending a power spray. Before 1947 the Zoo has each year received numerous reports of ivy poisoning in the Park, but up to midsummer of 1947 no cases have been reported. NEEDS OF THE ZOO A small addition to the personnel is needed to enable the Zoo to carry on the work in an efficient manner and permit employees to take the leave to which they are legally entitled. The Zoo has been under- manned throughout the entire period of its existence, and with the adoption of the 40-hour week, the situation has become particularly acute. As the years go by the need becomes more pressing for new buildings to replace antiquated, dilapidated structures that are still used to house animals. Preliminary planning has been taken up with the Public Works Administration for construction of these buildings when economic conditions justify. The condition of the Administration Building, which is now about 142 years old and has had no major improvements or rehabilitation for many years, is such that it cannot be kept in presentable condition, and the excessive dampness is injurious to equipment, records, photo- graphs, negatives, and books, as well as to the health of the employees who work in the building. VISITORS Before the war the attendance at the Park was much greater on Saturdays and Sundays than on the earlier days of the week. Since the war there has been a surprisingly uniform attendance throughout the week, even Monday and Tuesday consistently showing good attendance. ‘Throughout the year it was noticeable that there was a consistent increased attendance of visitors over the previous year, the final tabulation showing an increase for the year of 358,341. ESTIMATED NUMBER OF VISITORS FOR FISCAL YEAR 1947 July (L946) Se Sil OOM hebruatys 222 east 64, 100 ATIOMISE DRS oh de a et 246 280) O0Ob March: 5 chr sie sve ed ba 203, 225 September________- ZIG COOMA Aprile. ee Bee Vaeeie _.._ 874, 058 OCHO Ee ga EN 189° 200. Maye. oe hed _ 3438, 800 INO MORI CEeE ee i HD SsresU)) aIIELTIG ieee vaes what SN anes oe 356, 400 WCCempe res ease REY) 93, 950 —_—__— January (1947)____________ 84, 950 Po talses! Vee es wens 2, 730, 678 Groups came to the Zoo from schools in 22 States, some as far away as Wisconsin, Indiana, and Louisiana. 92 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 NUMBER OF GROUPS FROM SCHOOLS —$—$—_$__ $$ ——$_—_—_—————_——— ee NET nny NIUUDI Drv UTDD EI UNULINIT IUD UD Inne Num- | Num- Num- | Num- ber of | ber in ber of | ber in groups | groups groups | groups MVabamavese sae es 1 18)]| WNew: Jerseys 22a eee 24 1, 847 Connecticut aes 8 290 Wl WNews\Onk: 20 ess i ee 28 2, 580 Delaware: eso eee eee eo eee 8 324 || North Carolina---.--.-.-----.--- 67 2, 676 District of Columbia__..__-------- 202 6)01L7:| |: Ohio-2-- Sea ee 36 981 Toridataeicc hae ee ee ae 1 13 |} Pennsylvania----.-.-_.---------- 151 8, 109 Georeiaees eee er eee ees 28 1,154 |) South Carolina__-----_-_-_------- 32 1,079 Indiana sic so ea Cure 4 152 || Tennessee_--..-.----------------- 15 682 Monisiania 2. se Se 1 844) (Virginias 22 Oa ee a ee 282 | 14,647 IMINO Dee ee ORT eS SIN 4 314 || West Virginia______.-_---.--_-_.- 17 659 Maryland a s2e2 2) Soak eas Shen 369 | 22,179 || Wisconsin_-_..--_.-.---- LESS eam 1 85 Massachusetts_.------------------ 16 885 IMA Chi pane ts) 44 tar eis ees ee 8 376 Total: 2224. Wak Se eee 1,303 | 65, 081 About 2 p. m. each day the cars then parked in the Zoo are counted by the Zoo police and listed according to the State, Territroy, or coun- try from which they came. This is, of course, not a census of the cars coming to the Zoo but is valuable in showing the percentage of attendance by States of people in private automobiles. The tabula- tion for the fiscal year 1947 is as follows: Percent Percent Washington, D. C.__-_____ 30.6 | North Carolina-________-______ 1.8 Maryland: ) 22a iGO Ge BGs 21.09 | West Virginia________-_______- 12 Virginia 20 ese brine iiee eal 20. 04 | Californiaoi-. 2. oe 1.1 Pennsylvania -_-_____________ 4,2:+| New. Jersey! 2. 3 eee 1.1 ING WwW: WOR Kee ei eS 2.5 ol Maine 822 ei) ee eee ree 9 OHI 2 ea ER 1.9. |) Morida: 2 2 ee 9 The cars that made up the remaining 12.67 percent came from every one of the remaining States, as well as from Alaska, Alberta, Argentina, Australia, British Columbia, Canal Zone, Cuba, Hawaii, Manitoba, Mexico, New Brunswick, Nicaragua, Nova Scotia, Ontario, Panama, Quebec, Saskatchewan, and Sweden. It is well known that District of Columbia, Maryland, and Vir- ginia cars bring to the Zoo many people from other parts of the United States and of the world, but no figures are available on which to base percentages. THE EXHIBITS The quality of specimens on exhibition has been fairly satisfactory during the year. The total number of specimens on hand June 380, 1947, was 454 more than on the corresponding date in 1946, the prin- cipal increase being in the number of birds and amphibians. The outstanding exhibits during the year were penguins. Four species, the emperor, macaroni, rock-hopper, and adelie, were brought from the Antarctic by the United States Naval Antarctic Expedi- tion through the interest of Rear Adm. Richard EK. Byrd and Ad- miral Richard H. Cruzen. Two other species, the Humboldt and jack- ass, were already in the Zoo or were obtained from other sources. “IONTVM ‘d ioury Aq ydvasojoyg ‘Moseoeul T ‘SULA T ‘sseyoel g ‘Tuoteoem Z ‘BuUIy T ‘10dod Ma T 244911 0 4Jo"T “yUuVd AVDIDOIOOZ IVNOILYN NI WOOY 3DVYHOLS-G10D GALNOYA-SSV15D NI SNINONAd € 3LV1d L xtpuaddy—/p6| ‘quoday s£1e}9199G IIYIVM ‘d ysoury Aq ydviz0j0y qd “HMaVd IWOIDSOTOCOZ IWNOILVYN LY 100d YOCAGLNO NI SNINDN3d LOTIOSEWNH OML GNV INOYVSVW SAIS py 3ALV 1d _xipueddy—/p6| ‘woday s Arejes29G REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 93 Thirty-four ocellated turkeys were brought to the Zoo by Dr. D. S. - Newill; who had obtained them in Guatemala. These turkeys have been very rare in collections and make an interesting exhibit. Five were retained and the rest distributed by Dr. Newill to other zoos. Other interesting birds were two gray hornbills from India, the first of the species to be exhibited in the United States. Three specimens of Troost’s turtle, two albino and one normally colored, were deposited by James Nelson Gowanloch. All were young, only about 2 inches in diameter, but were outstanding be- cause of the extreme rarity of albino turtles. These are a beautiful light cream color through which shows the pattern of the normal coloration. They have pink eyes and a bright red spot on the neck that is characteristic of the species. Exhibits of very small creatures of more than ordinary interest were three different species of tiny frogs: the green and black arrow- poison frogs, red and black frogs, and yellow and black atelopus. Other additions to the collection that were of unusual interest were: A young great gray kangaroo, which was a gift from the people of Australia to the people of the United States and was flown to Wash- ington on a nonstop flight September 30—October 1, 1946, from Perth, Australia, to Washington, D. C., by the United States Navy plane Truculent Turtle; a young Alaska brown bear received through the interest of members of the force of the Alaska Game Commission and the Fish and Wildlife Service; an Arabian gazelle presented to the Zoo by W. W. Shaffer; a spectacled bear from the Andes region, obtained by purchase; a baby potto born to a pair that had been brought to the Zoo by the Smithsonian-Firestone Expedition to Li- beria in 1940; pigmy green cardinals; the short-legged lizard from Cuba; five young specimens of the giant salamander of Japan, which were received by the United States Army as a gift from the school chil- dren of Japan to the school children of the United States, particularly through the interest of Brig. Gen. John W. O’Brien, Chief, Scien- tific and Technical Division, GHQ, SCAP, and Dr. Austin Brues and Lieutenant Kelly. These were collected through Dr. Tadamichi Koga, Director, Uyeno Zoological Garden, Tokyo, Japan. ACQUISITION OF SPECIMENS Specimens for the Zoo collection are acquired by gift, deposit, pur- chase, and births or hatchings. While depositors are at liberty to remove the specimens that they deposit with the Zoo, many leave the specimens for the rest of their lives. During the year the Zoo received a number of shipments of live specimens by air without a single loss. Some of these animals were rare or delicate, and had they been transported by the usual means, 94 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 might have died en route. The experiences of other zoos and animal dealers have been similarly successful, suggesting that shipment of live animals by air may be the most satisfactory method. DEPOSITORS AND DONORS AND THEIR GIFTS Abrahamian, S. M., Washington, D. C., Pekin duck. Acorn Pet and Gift Shop, Washington, D. C., 2 canary X siskin hybrids, 2 cockatiels. Alaska Game Commission and U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Alaska brown bear. Allison, Mrs. E. K., Washington, D. C., ring-necked dove. Alston, Herbert, Washington, D. C., woodcock. Australia, People of, through U. S. Navy, great gray kangaroo. Bader, J., Washington, D. C., 2 domestic rabbits. Baum, Louis, Alexandria, Va., 2 doves. Beale, Mrs. S. H., Washington, D. C., 2 snapping turtles. Benedict, Mrs. Jeanne, Washington, D. C., box turtle. Berry, Lewis, Detective Bureau, Metropolitan Police Department, Washington, D. C., 4 horned lizards. Best, Mrs. Richard, Washington, D. C., sulphur-crested cockatoo. Billoch, J., Washington, D. C., double yellow-headed parrot. Blanchette, Richard, Takoma Park, Md., snapping turtle. Boldridge, Dr. F. M., Chester, S. C., chain king snake. Brady, Morris K., Washington, D. C., 13 red and black. frogs. Brewster, Kingman, Washington, D. C., 2 wild turkeys. Brown, Rev. Dillard, Washington, D. C., 5 ring-necked doves. Brown, Robert Y., Department of State, Washington, D. C., 46 little spotted tinamou,* 5 great tinamou.* Burr, Donald H., Washington, D. C., pine or fence lizard. Calvin, Mrs. E. F., Daniels Park, Md., 2 Pekin ducks. Campbell, George R., Detroit, Mich., corn snake, chicken snake. Carey, Maj. T. J., % Postmaster, New Orleans, La., douroucouli or ow] monkey. Carlson, R. 8., Edgewater, Md., Pekin duck. Carson, James, Alexandria, Va., mole. Cedar Hill Bird Farm, Landover, Md., screech owl, robin. Chappell, Richard H., Chief, Probation Court, Washington, D. C., domestic rabbit. Clow, Jakie, Chevy Chase, Md., Pekin duck. Coker, James L., Arlington, Va., horned lizard. Cook, Jay E., Baltimore, Md., 32 African clawed frogs.* Coolidge, Belle, Washington, D. C., domestic rabbit. Cowell, Jerry, Greenbelt, Md., spectacled caiman. Cox, T. S., Arlington, Va., alligator. Cullen, Rev. U. G., Woodstock College, Woodstock, Md., copperhead snake. Deese, Joe, Bethesda, Md., rhesus monkey,* woodchuck or ground hog.* Dunitum, Gratz D., Alexandria, Va., American coot. Dunlap, Capt. S. A., U. S. Embassy, Buenos Aires, Argentina, Argentine tree frog, 18 grass paroquets. Duryel, Dr. William R., Washington, D. C., 75 red salamanders.* Hiler, A., Falls Church, Va., Pekin duck. Fleming, A. L., Falls Church, Va., Mississippi mud turtle, pilot snake. Foellmer, John and Richard, Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks. * Deposits. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 95 Fohel, Arthur, Williamstown, N. J., green grass snake. Ford, B. F., Aspin Hill, Md., 2 sparrow hawks. Fowler, James H., Chevy Chase, Md., Texas diamond-backed rattlesnake. Freeman, Mrs. J. W., Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks. Gala, Mrs. M., Washington, D. C., Pekin duck Xmallard duck hybrid. Garrett, William S., Richmond, Va., double yellow-headed parrot. Gazin, Max, Washington, D. C., Pekin duck. George, Miss Jean, Washington, D. C., red fox. Gildea, Mrs. James H., Arlington, Va., 2 Pekin ducks. Glover, R. L., Washington, D. C., American bittern.* Goddard, Don, Wilson Teachers College, Washington, D. C., 2 golden hamsters.* Goeller, John, Washington, D. C., golden hamster. Gowanloch, James Nelson, Louisiana Department of Wildlife and Fisheries, New Orleans, La., 3 Troost’s turtles (including 2 albinos) .* Greenberg, Albert, Tampa, Fla., 6 climbing perch, 12 blind cave fish. Guliek, Mrs. Dorothy, Silver Spring, Md., 8 Pekin ducks. Haggenmaker, Charles, Suitland, Md., barn owl. Hanwood, Mrs. Virginia, Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks. Harper, Donald W., Kensington, Md., pilot snake. Harrell, R. O., South Boston, Va., rhesus monkey. Hart, Joseph F., Washington, D. C., sparrow hawk. Hartgroves, Bill, Kensington, Md., painted turtle. Hayes, Mrs. William J., Washington, D. C., Pekin duck. Hegener Research, Sarasota, Fla., 6 hutias. Heinz, J. H., Washington, D. C., Pekin duck. Hersey, Lt. J., Arlington, Va., yellow-headed parrot. Hines, Mrs. M., Hyattsville, Md., diamond dove, Cuban ground dove, Cuban tanager. Hubbs, C. L., La Jolla, Calif., 3 horned lizards. Hughes, Charles, Silver Spring, Md., pilot snake. Hughes, Thomas, Middletown, Del., sharp-shinned hawk. Hummel, David, Arlington, Va., titi monkey.* Ingham, Rex, Ruffin, N. C., Eastern chipmunk,* raccoon,* Swainson’s hawk.* Jackley, A. M., Director, Reptile Control, Department of Agriculture, Pierre, S. Dak., 2 northern horned lizards. Jessup, Gordon L., Washington, D. C., pilot snake. Johnson, Cleris, Washington, D. C., barn owl. Jones, Mrs. R., Arlington, Va., weasel. Kelley, Miss Karen, Alexandria, Va., opossum. Kennard, Fred E., Hyattsville, Md., 2 muscovy ducks. Kimbell, Charles Lee, Hyattsville, Md., 2 horned lizards. Kincannon, W. Oliver, Chevy Chase, Md., 5 game fowl.* Klemetsen, P. N., Washington, D. C., alligator. Knop, P. T., Washington, D. C., 5 box turtles. Koerdel, Dr. Manuel-Malduado, Mexico, 5 axolotls. Kramer, Miss G. A., Washington, D. C., Pekin duck. Latona, Richard J., Washington, D. C., painted turtle, Cumberland terrapin. Lee, Jimmie, Washington, D. C., alligator. Leibel, Mrs. Leroy, Washington, D. C., grass paroquet. Leibold, Gordon M., Chevy Chase, Md., Florida king snake. Lemieux, Jerry, Washington, D. C., muscovy duck. Lund, Ruth and Diane, Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks. *Deposits. 96 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Mackey, Helen N., Washington, D. C., Pekin duck. Majawer, Mrs. Lilly, Washington, D. C., cardinal. Markwith, Carl, Washington, D. C., domestic rabbit. Mattingly, W. E., Washington, D. C., 4 bantam fowl. Maurer, Misses Nan and Patsy Lou, Arlington, Va., 2 domestic rabbits. Mayer, J. D., Silver Spring, Md., 2 Pekin ducks. McCrassin, Broderick, Rockville, Md., 2 ring-necked pheasants. McDonald, Erling, Takoma Park, Md., muscovy ducks, screech owl. McKay, Raymond J., Washington, D. C., white-throated capuchin. Melville, E., Falls Church, Va., 3 Pekin ducks. Meyer, J. L., Silver Spring, Md., 2 Pekin ducks. Michel, Mr., Washington, D. C., Pekin duck. Miller, W. C., Front Royal, Va., 2 great horned owls. Miller, William H., Washington, D. C., Pekin duck. Miller, William W., Washington, Va., barn owl. Milne, A. M., Bethesda, Md., Pekin duck. Mitchell, Shirley J., Washington, D. C., rhesus monkey. Moise, Lawrence L., Washington, D. C., screech owl. Montague, Mrs. Claude, Washington, D. C., 2 grass paroquets. Moore, C. C., Washington, D. C., 14 grass paroquets. Naval Research Center, Bethesda, Md., rhesus monkey.* Nelson, Mrs. R. W., Coolidge High School, Washington, D. C., green tree frog. Newill, Dr. D. S., Connellsville, Pa., 34 ocellated turkeys,* Reeves’ pheasant, red jungle fowl, Swinhoe’s pheasant, Nepal kaleege. Old, W. E., Jr., Norfolk, Va., 9 water moccasins. Orndorff, Mrs. B. F., Berwyn, Md., 3 Pekin ducks. Perkins, J. E.; Back Bay National Wildlife Refuge, Pungo, Va., snow goose. Perry, Mrs., Washington, D. C., loggerhead turtle. Poe, Mrs. H. C., Washington, D. C., domestic rabbit. Poiley, S. M., National Institute of Health, Bethesda, Md., 20 golden hamsters, cotton rat. Potter, Lincoln, Chevy Chase, Md., opossum. Prestor, Mrs. P. D., Gage School, Washington, D. C., 3 golden hamsters.* Pupils of the Okayama-Ken Grammar Schools, through Brig. Gen. John W. O’Brien, Chief, Scientific and Technical Division, GHQ, SCAP, and Dr. Austin Brues and Lieutenant Kelly, collected through Dr. Tadamichi Kogo, Director of the Uyeno Zoological Garden, Tokyo, Japan, 5 giant Japanese salamanders. Quinter, M. G., Chevy Chase, Md., Pekin duck. Raccie, Eugene J., Washington, D. C., golden pheasant. Reed, Vernon, Washington, D. C., Pekin duck. Remsen, Mrs. D., 2 skunks. Riédel, Mrs. W. E., Hyattsville, Md., sparrow hawk. Robert, Miss Alice B., water snake.* Rowe, Mr. and Mrs. R. F., Washington, D. C., 2 ringed warbling finches. Roys, Harold, Sheffield, Mass., 2 timber rattlesnakes. Ruhe, Louis, New York, N. Y., rat snake, frog, eyra or yaguarondi.* Ruhel, Miss Mary L., Washington, D. C., queen or moon snake. Sakell, Ronald, Washington, D. C., 2 white mice. Sardo, Mrs. William, Silver Spring, Md., Pekin duck. Sawyer, T. R., Alexandria, Va., crab-eating macaque. Scaramuzza, L. C., Habana, Cuba, short-legged lizard. Schaefer, Ronald L., Washington, D. C., box turtle. *Deposits. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 97 Schaub, Mrs. Anna E., Washington, D. C., double yellow-headed parrot. Shaffer, W. W., Hobbs, Md., Arabian gazelle. Shannon, Mrs. Frank, Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks. Shields ,William S., Greenbelt, Md., blue jay. Shostick, Robert, Washington, D. C., green snake. Silverman, Marion and Marlene, Washington, D. C., Pekin duck. Simpson, Mrs. Lillie W., Washington, D. C., domestic guinea pig. Slagle, Bobby, Lubbuck, Tex., 6 horned lizards. Smith, Mrs. H., Washington, D. C., blue jay. Smith, Margaret C., Washington, D. C., 11 hooded laboratory rats. Snider, Mrs. George P., Silver Spring, Md., Pekin duck. Snyder, Freeman W., Washington, D. C., 3 red foxes. Spates, W. E., Jr., Washington, D. C., Pekin duck. Spiney, Mr., Washington, D. C., tarantula. Springer, Harriet R., Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks. Stone, Carl G., Silver Spring, Md., red-bellied woodpecker, 2 painted turtles, spot- ted turtle, box turtle. Stroman, H. R., Jr., Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks. Stultz, Robert, Falls Church, Va., pilot snake. Taurman, Bert, Richmond, Va., 2 red-shouldered hawks. Taylor, L. S., Bethesda, Md., 2 Pekin ducks. Thirteenth Police Precinct, Washington, D. C., 2 chain king snakes. Thomas, J., Washington, D. C., canary. Thomas, Jeanette, Washington, D. C., 2 domestic rabbits. Thomas, Dr. W. B. 8., Dover-Foxcroft, Maine, 2 garter snakes, 2 green frogs. Three Oaks Bird Farm, Hyattsville, Md., 10 domestic pigeons. Tinsman, lL. T., Washington, D. C., white-tufted marmoset.* Trible, W. E., Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks. Tureman, Dr. G. R., Sandston, Va., gray fox. Turner, William, Westwood, Md., duck hawk.* U. S. Antarctic Expedition 1946-1947, through Admiral Richard BH. Byrd, 2 emperor penguins, 18 macaroni penguins, 6 rock-hopper penguins, 2 black swans. U.S. S. Mount Olympus, through courtesy of Admiral Richard E. Byrd and careful eare of Mr. Jack Perkins, collected by crew members of the U. S. S. Currituck, under command of Capt. J. H. Clark, 2 adelie penguins. Walker, Mrs. C. G., Clifton, Va., pilot snake. Wells, Mrs. Charles, Washington, D. C., oppossum. Western, Lt. Comdr. O. C., U. S. N., Naval Medical School, Bethesda, Md., 2 horned lizards. White House, Washington, D. C., domestic lamb.* Widman, R. D., Washington, D. C., Cumberland terrapin, painted turtle. Wilkins, O. L., Washington, D. C., black snake. Williamson, C., Washington, D. C., hog-nosed snake, pilot snake, pigmy rattle- snake. Witt, Benton, Cabin John, Md., gray fox. Wood, J. S., Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks. Young, Mrs. W., Takoma Park, Md., Pekin duck. Zardus, Maurice, Riverdale, Md., eastern diamond-backed rattlesnake, 2 copper- head snakes, cottonmouth moccasin, coral snake, 2 water snakes, 4 pigmy rat- tlesnakes. Zetek, James, Balbea, C. Z., 53 yellow atelopus, 100 arrow-poison frogs, 10 basilisks. Zinkham, Dr. and Mrs. A. M., Washington, D. C., horned lizard. *Deposits. 98 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 BIRTHS AND HATCHINGS MAMMALS Scientific name Common name ’ Number Ammotragus lervia 2222. 2" Saas ee Aotidadt seb aoe: shee 3 ATI3 az18 2 SHO SE: Biglalh= Cau er eee Axisideers. fuie Anish Rae 2 Bibos gaurus. =. Siw page wed OTE Gauries@. Fi alle sor ees 1 Bison OtSON So. SoU Nk So yaya: Be American bison__.---------- 3 ESOS EU T ALS Se pe os IRE SS a Ape eae British Park cattle__._-_______ 1 Gapromys piloridesst sxesesest al Seeeee EP Hutiatecitsay 3 tesset aie a 4 @ebusicapucinuss 2225 22. Sas eet Eee White-throated capuchin_ -_-- 1 -Cercopithecus aethiops sabaeus X C. a. Hybrid green guenon X vervet pygerythrus. @uenone Lise she ee ee 1 Cervus canadensis. oe eke Se ee American elk.o202-2L-s12_22 1 Cervus nippon. == 2 2222 Sesh eee y= Japanese! deer.._2 15522254 seen 1 Cheropsis-laberiens?s=_ 3-2 82s Be Gk Pigmy hippopotamus- - -----_- 1 Cynomiys TudoureranuUss == 5 5e S52 ee eae Plains prairie dog_=----.----. 8 Dama dame 22 55 2 2 S82 ee Sei Ree wee Fallowcdeers:2_ <8 _ 15 3 pes 2 DG, COMO = Re 0 AOE Se Se ak pa Es White fallow deer_ + --_---_-- 2 Dasyprocta prymnolopha_-_--------------=- Agoutiz 545522051 big pam it MCUSHCONCOLO TE Ser Tos URia Ses eh DENG) pet Ree Pumai: 522 2 shea UY ee 3 Giraja camelopardalis=." 4 2h Bs ey ae Nubian giraffe. 420) gseer age 1 Hippopotamus amphibius__-_-------------- Hippopotamus. 42245 Sea it Lama glama guanico. <= 22a ye2 eet ee Guanaco<2 dee! aisenet pee 1 Odocoileusyoinginianus soe Se eek Virginia deer. =) "ar aie ans 2 Ovis europaea ©. 322 See ee nS a Mouflons¢2_ s2.08 ie ete 1 Pertodicivcus potto. 2-2 Wyo e i ee ee st PottoOt coco ee ee 1 Poephaqus grunniens2 2 s- 2. 322 eee ee Pa kes cy. cal, oye ne ae cae ps 1 PPFOCY ON ILOLON = es Sa Ce Seeley Raccoons-5 <8 2634 2 Thalarctos maritimus X Ursus middendorfi_ Hybrid bear_-_------------- 2 BIRDS Anas platyrhynchos=- oe sep = ee ee Malland,.duck.i 228-8545" 45 Chenopisratnatas 2255s Sa es a eas Black swans: 3222226 3223555 4 El vCayG@ mentee nG = anes ees as es American coot.------------- 2 Gallas: Spies Sa cas sola ee ee ae aE Righting fowl 22-22-4322 ee Ses 16 Gallus galls sas eas cs i he SS ae ee Red jungle fowl___-_--------- 8 Pavocristatuse ei Fea Sa a eae Peafow] s-_4 s452 4-2 oes 7 LAT LUTEUS ONGUS =.) is acon aaa) pc kare eyes a Ring-necked dove-_---_------ 18 REPTILES Agkistrodon bilineatus_.._.____._----------- Mexican moccasin_---------- 17 IB NIGROES. COUT soc eae OE Rainbow boa. -..--------- 12 IN GET UCL SP oe ts IS RS LR see Water snake-) i 22. 25-232. 22 20 Sceloporuscundulatis® eae ei Gleaner Pine or fence lizard__-_-__-_--- 6 MOLLUSKS AChating, GChalinas ee We en yeas Giant land snaile- 2222-2 =e) 5 The birth of the rainbow boas makes the third generation in the fy thet grandparents having been brought from British Guiana in i REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 99 ANIMALS IN THE NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK, JUNE 30, 1947 MAMMALS MARSUPIALIA Scientific name Common name Number Didelphiidae: Didelohis virginiana 2 OST Oe ae oe See OpOssuni se: /e ee eee 3 Phalangeridae: IPChENTUSOUPEVICED Sette ee eee aoe Bae Lesser flying phalanger____-_- 2 Macropodidae: Dendrotagus: inustuses eae eee aoe New Guinea tree kangaroo... 2 Phascolomyidae: Womvavus UrsiiUses ne 2 ee ete eso Flinder$ Island wombat _---- 1 INSECTIVORA Hrinaceidae: Erinaceus europaeus._...-222 02.----=-- European hedgehog.-.-.-.--- 4 CARNIVORA Felidae: Pelisychauss. iinet goaysplC eos Jungle catee=cestent Ualans oaks 1 EISHCON COLO To es ha eT Ce PUN os ie ye eyeeentied wn ee a Felis concolor patagonica__-------------- Patagonian puma_-_---------- 1 Felis concolor X F.c. patagonica___.------ Hybrid North American X South American puma-_-_-_-.. 4 LGIES 0 SER aE ang fb gee a Ae Lionas) sc owenelipned _wereeayel pent 3 A Jaguare. -c cleeng ome dk he 3 ena ae Jao uare hiss oe aes 1 Helsimordalignectudi. oes aba wSER Ocelot. 3% s-everten eens a pans 2 4 Indian leopardase=3228- 25255 1 ees a as SALERE 1 ibe Indian leopard -- --_--- 2 Relsstemminchit,<... . spad.sbyokee i cs © Golden: cat: = 2ssarear su seek 1 IRIS TAT Tene eg, ss ae Bengal tigers sueteias s5b5u_ 2 Melsiegrs LONgUpilts — =. 2282 22 Lee Siberian tiger__-_---- jateqn ly 1 Felis tigris sumatrae_-._----------------- Sumatran tiger.__....---3-=- 3 Herpailurus yaguarondi_.-.------------- Eyra or yaguarondi_____------ 1 ono rusus- spel nuras! epoeh hoo Bayly 2 ee Ti ee eee 1 Oncifelis-ceotroyie so25 Bes aenss 2 ok Geoffroy’s cat.22 20 = ake See 3 Oncula pardmtordesiy tt eaaea ee Lesser tiger cat___.-_-------- 1 Viverridae: i B Areincizs binturong... $348 debe Binturong *_ 2 Spewhagh hie se 1 Ometizetys-civettay sa src pa ee African civet:-_-_ 2 5222222 ase 1 MORO SONGULNEMS es eye Be ee Dwarf-civeto22 3252 ss se ae 1 Paradoxurus hermaphroditus__----------- Small-toothed palm civet - - --- 3 Hyaenidae: Crocuta crocuta germinans_..------------- East African spotted hyena_-- 1 Canidae: COREA GOS Soe ere ee ea ee ee Da) S¥2x 0 pinata tht aa radua bil git 2 GCONTSIIOU TOTS reese etn Wha Nt VE Coyote 6 cae 2 aia ee ns 1 Canis lairans X familiaris_.._- 2 _---- Coyote and dog hybrid__----- 1 CaniULDUSUDTUSS eae ee eS as Plains, wolf co eee se See 2 AOE OCT ACT ES PG INE te Texas red wolf_.___--.---__- 1 Cuon javanicus sumatrensis__-.---------- Sumatran wild dog_--------- 1 100 § ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Scientific name Common name Number Canidae—Continued Dusicyon (Cerdocyon) thous __----------- South American fox__________ 1 Nyctereutes procyonoides_.-_------------ Raceoon dog. =) 2. - Sees 2 Urocyon cinereoargenteus__-------------- Gray fox ss. 2.2 ee 10 Vaslpessfilva 25525) cpp eee ee Red' fox... 2252... eae 11 Procyonidae: UN SAUER ACO oe ie Nia a a Coatimundi-... = ee 9 UNTO THEMIS UEC ae | ice ae sn he phen lian Red coatimundi-_-_--_--__-_--- 1 IN GSiia Elson ts 0s fi ee ee he Nelson’s coatimundi- --_-_-__- 1 HZOLDSHALQUUS Ser os ee se hayes Dic ae nie Kinkajou 222.5 4 eee 5 Raccoon. 22224 a ae 3 IProcyonsloton= sie. Osh Ue Ee ek ek ac raccoon). 2222 sen ok ie Raccoon (albino)______-_._.- 1 Bassariscidae: Bassariscus astutus___-----------.------ Ring-tail or cacomistle______- 2 Mustelidae: Grisonella huronaz..-_----------------- Grison? |. 0 2 ee 1 Lutra canadensis vaga_.---------------- Florida otter_____ are ef 1 Lutra (Micraonyx) cinerea__------.----- Small-clawed otter___.______- 1 Martes (Lamprogale) flavigula henricii____ Asiatic marten__.____-___-_- 1 Meles meles leptorynchus_-_-------------- Chinese badger_.__-________- 1 Mellwvora capensisao = 258 a Ratelicus2 2. ose a 1 Mephitis mephitis nigra ____------------ Skunks. Sone lone 7 Musielaseversmannts 08 Msn ak Ferret itwiioct 140. ean 1 Mustela frenata noveboracensis __-_------- Weasel S20 u cc). eee 1 Tayra barbara barbara___--------------- White tayrasos..6.2 ee 4 Tayra barbara senilis._._.-------------- Gray-headed tayra___-_-__.- 1 Ursidae: Euarctos americanus_...---------------- Black bear..2222255 22a 4 Euarctos thibetanus eoun! pet see. Himalayan bear_-__-__-_------- 1 Helarctos malayanus_._.__-_------------ Malay or sun bear__________- 1 Melursus ursinuss> J. 380 Uisiy Ons) 2 Cat Sloth: bear... 2. -. =oosaneeiee 1 Thalarctos:mariimus soo 22 os ae Polar bear. 220225555220 3 Thalarctos maritimus X Ursus midden- DOT TESS I sy OIE a eS a Hybrid: bear. 220sum: 22 4 Tremarctos ornatuste ee See Spectacled bear___----__---- 1 PSUS SP eS) 9 SR EER ET eo ea Alaska brown bear-_-_-_------_- 1 WT SUSHON CEOS oe ce EVER ge European brown bear__----_--- 1 Ursus arctos meridionalis__- .-_-.------- Caucasas brown bear-.------- 1 TSG SOS: Gays eae ol es sc one BEE Says Bogs Alaskan Peninsula bear__---- 2 Ursus middendorffi___.......----------- Kodiak bear__.________-_--- 3 Ursus sitkensts sale PR Sitka brown bear_-_-_--------- 3 PINNIPEDIA Otariidae: Zalophus californianus__._......._------ Sea lion: 223% (eU Rie sien 2 Phocidae: Phoca vitulina richardti____._..__.-_---- Pacific harbor seal__.-_-_-_-_-- 2 PRIMATES Lemuridae: Galago déemidouts fone an ee Least galago.____.-.-------- 1 Lemur mongoe? 2022, oN ee Deny a tne Mongoose lemur-__-_--------- 2 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY Scientific name Saimiridae: Saimiri sciureus Cebidae: Aotus trivirgatus Ateles geoffroyt vellerosus___..._-.-----_- Cebus capella RO AO Me ee wos Cebus capucinus Cebus fatuellus Lagothrix lagotricha Cercopithecidae: Gercocebus aterrimuse 28. PEN ee Cercocebus fuliginosus Cercocebus torquatus lunulatus Cercopithecus aethiops pygerythrus Cercopithecus aethiops sabaeus Cercopithecus aethiops sabaeus X C. py- gerythrus. Cercopithecus cephus_____--------------- Cercopithecus diana Ceropithecus diana roloway Cercopithecus neglectus__._..___________- Cercopithecus nictitans petaurista___--___- Cercopithecus sp Erythrocebus patas Gymnopyga maurus Viera 4rus mon dag 2) UI eo os os Macaca philippinensis________._-------- NEC CO TSTIET CH es een aN Raich Macacus irus Hylobatidae: I GUGICSTEQLUIS oer ne eS Hylobates agilis X H. lar pileatus_--_---_- Hylobates hoolock Hylobates lar pileatus__._------_-------- Symphalangus syndactylus Pongidae: Pan troglodytes verus.___.....---------- RODENTIA Sciuridae: Citellus beecheyt douglasit_____-_--___--- Cynomys ludovicianus Funisciurus leucostigma____------------- Glaucomyswolange. secjs est BO Marmota monaz Mamas siiatus: pies hk Heteromyidae: Dipodomys Ordit ti ey te Common name Number Titi monkey. 2220 Vow piowiaes 2 Douroucouli or owl monkey__ 5 Spider monkey______________ 8 Gray capuchin2 #5 Wi.te tana 2 White-throated capuchin _____ 3 Weeping capuchin.__________ 3 Woolly monkey_____________ 1 Black-crested mangabey ______ 1 Sooty mangabey_________-__ 2 White-crowned mangabey__._. 1 Vervet guenon-____________. 2 Green guenon 222 i22o0un am 8 Hybrid green guenon X vervet GUueHOn sso 2-2 ee 1 Moustached guenon_________ 2 Diana monkey 22. ee 3 Roloway monkey____________ 1 De Brazza’s guenon_______-___ uf Lesser white-nosed guenon___ 2 West African guenon_________ 1 Patas‘monkey 2 ars aes 1 Moor monkey._____-________ 1 Javan macaque_____________ 6 Chinese macaque____________ 1 Rhesus monkey-_-___________- 13 Pig-tailed monkey___-_______ 2 Philippine macaque_-________- 4 Wanderoo monkey__________- 2 Toque or bonnet monkey-__---_- 1 Crab-eating macaque---_-___-- 1 Sumatran gibbon__________._ 1 Hybrid; gibbon222>2"" Sor ier 1 Hoolock gibbon________-.--- 1 Black-capped gibbon_________ 1 Siamang gibbon_-___-_-----_-- 1 West African chimpanzee..--- 2 Douglas ground squirrel___---_-_ 3 Plains prairie dog_________._- 56 West African bush squirrel... 3 Flying squirrel? -- se et 2. 7 Woodchuck or ground hog..._ 4 Kastern chipmunk__________- 1 Ord kangaroo rat_..--------- 3 102 § ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Scientific name Common name Number Cricetidae: Mesocricetus auratus__----+------------ Golden hamster_-_------- ee Di! Peromyscus leucopus-—=2-52--2--—__---= White-footed or deer mouse-_ 7 Sigmodon hispidus..----~+-=------------ Cotton rat___.— +... eae 1 Muridae: ; Meriones unguiculatus_..-=------------- Mongolian gerbil___--__-_--- 1 Maus miuscuilaise.s tines JA EE White and other domestic. MOICOn 2 bi ye eee 12 Rattus norvegicus 2) hey ea FS 8 Hooded laboratory rat___-_- me aka Hystriciaae: é Acanthion brachyurum_._--------------- Malay. porcupine. = 2242 3 Atherurus africanusicecas: ~4n-6-.__---- West African brush-tailed por- CUpIne = 3 Fees a 3 Thecurus crassispinis sumatrae_---------- Thick-spined porcupine- ~~ -__-_ 1 Myocastoridae: Muyocastorscoypusers s2ceya ES ty 3__ aan 22 Goypus*-cecos eee 5 Capromyidae: Capromys pilonidess= Skee abe WK Hutiass eet ee 5 Dasyproctidae: Dasyprocta prymnolopha__-------------- Acouting.t = 5-58 eee 1 Dasyprocta. punctat@s fas-x-t2 242 2 __ = -- Speckled agoutit-. 2 ae 3 Chinchillidae: Chinchilla chanehillaenja2h jo. Chinchilla. 232 Sa eas ye 4 Lagiudium viscaccia set eans ae ee Peruvian viscacha_. .. 4.4. 5 Caviidae: Cavia porcellus. 9 aie peney watat 2K Guinea pig: 22 cr Dolichotis patagona..- -.2+2-2i2-------- Patagonian cavy 2245254 5ouee 1 LAGOMORPHA Leporidae: Oryctalagus: cunicnluss. 2) tans Lees es Domestic rabbit.__-_---- LADD UL. 5 ARTIODACTYLA Bovidae: PAT TOE CG US VC TU UC pate ere ee wy pe Aoudad 52 2 ae 17 _ Anoa fergusont -_-_-- Se SS aa eee eS Mountain anoa____-_-____~-- 1 BGO OSG GURUS eee eA ge pc pe GC nee pe REN yaiy er eae é : American bison = 2/25 uae 13 Bison sot. ae wooo (inte bison... issine® Sala aal 1 Bos indicus 220423 Deycen dealt Zebu__.. 2s Be Sepeelay is 4 Bos taurus. << Herteiyy pane g ie Domestic cow (Jersey)----.-. 1 BOSCO UPUS Sweet eee Gan Se yi a West Highland or Kyloecattle. 4 Bos.lanusexrpuciveds gepyet hee UF 2 British Park cattle--...--.--. 6 PS vals bwOal esis. Ws me UN cogs Maly ae aa Water buffalo.____._.___.__- 2 Capra: sibiricas 32 a Ji) eY2p-qepae cinerea MNS ho 1 Cephalophus maxivellage2 = 5 se Maxwell’s duiker______.-.___ 1 Cephalophius nigers2 20 Be ON Ee ss Black duikergs!S syongbeh: Gea 1 Cephalophus nigrifrons_._.------------- Black-fronted duiker________- 2 Hemitragus jemlahicus__-_._._-_-_---_-- Tahr 232. S 2G aust See 5 Oryn leucorypss: 222 TEEUS BOWES 2 be 5 Arabian oryx. 222026) Seas 2 Ovis aries? USOT 20 ZOU TROON See. Woolless or Barbadoes sheep__ 1 Ovis europaca=-2 22 GSAS PNOTER A Mouflon: - 25s) 2 32 See ae ee Focphagus Grunniens 959 Xa2 2 son ena t Yako boss oise : eeee 5 Fseudors nayaures. Sanat Bee OPE ss tes Bharal or blue sheep.--______ 1 Symcenus cayen= 602 eee eee ee African buffalo________-_-_-- 2 2 TiGUrOUragusxonys =< oes Milne. -.--- Eland REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 103 764815—47——8 Scientific name Common name Number Cervidae: AGS ODS” Seo N OM. 2 MOR OPE INSeIS cle rie iis Sa 5 emShCGnOdensis 28 | ae i a Be Sa Am ericamreliKe i) tno a0 ol 5 ORES GG) EL eae SN ene eae Ripa eer sie 2 ne i hate a 4 GLacsaiip pon meme Giese Japanese deer 322 22a ae 5 Cervus nippon manchuricus__..---------- Dybowsky deer... 25252 2542 2 i Racrarru Tr ie ules gia OE CTT fee MOST sy Ss ee aoe 13 POM Gad ye nee wh Han White fallow deer____.------ 15 Odocotleustwxgenzanus 222-5 02--- =~ = Wire Inia, (Cee rss snes a eeu epee 6 Giraffidae: Giraja camelopardalis. 2-2 --—-----__ Nubian giratlee sos 5s 5s" 524 4 GunaiGsTeliculatas S229. Sees Reticulated giraffe__.-2___--- 1 Camelidae: Camelus bactrianus.._------------------ Bactrian camel 222522 2222222 3 Camelus dromedarius__-_--------------- Single-humped camel-_--_-_-_-_- 1 EOMGIQIGMGMIB as ee! oe OBS Le Rees elma sa a ME Bena 1 Lama.glamarguanico es 2 SOk2 2 ee Guanaco4. 252 be. 2 es 3 ern COSmmints wc Myeee 0 8k SS Na ae Alpacas 220i SG. 5 5 Dee eee 2 Vaeugnarcugna . 28 BOM. 2 2 Le VicuiDArSe Spon nowone gus seve sig 1 Tayassuidae: eChLMEngulatus. 2. Sea: Collared peccary_.-.-------- 1 Suidae: Babirussa babyrussa-_--- --- as ea ca Babirussas) 142 whey cele beuets 2 Phacochoerus aethiopicus aeliani_-------- East African wart hog------- 2 MRUSESCROIGH meeps irre yo reciye rl he EE European wild boar_...------ 2 Hippopotamidae: Choeropsis luberzensis___.---_._ ss4eneerse Pigmy hippopotamus----_---- 6 Hippopotamus amphibius_-------------- Hippopotamus. = .2250 25 2 me PERISSODACTYLA Equidae: Equus burchellit antiquorum------------- Chapman’s zebra_---.--_.--- 2 Equus grevyt X caballus__.__.._.-_------- Zebra-horse hybrid___----_-- 1 Eoquars kiamgiadt WA 0Gs Bits A oo ccs Asiatic wild ass or kiang_-_--- 1 EXRRUSONAGeh == 2 URIUSt BONE 2s Onager2 Se Over ins paso 1 Equuscpreewalskit. BAe PHOS | Loss oe Mongolian wild horse. _------ 3 ee Piguas zebra HSMuet HSUROS-39Oj8 2 2. = Mountain zebra___-2---_--+- 1 Tapiridae: ; P Acrocodza.indicostems05_WUuSIAs | ooo. Asistietapiracs Uo user oan 2 Rhinocerotidae: Rhinoceros unicornis.—- ..--- Sav SoUIee Great Indian one-horned rhi- NOCCTOS2. 222 fake a Be ales 1 PROBOSCIDAE Elephantidae: Elephas maximus sumatranus_-_---------- Sumatran elephant_--------- 1 Loxodonta africana oxyotis__...-_-------- African elephant_ -_---------- 1 EDENTATA Dasypodidae: PeChactophracius erlloswe sar 2oeL 2 Hairy armadillo 223: S24eu 1 UDR GOCLUS SELCLNCLUS§ = a ak ee Six-banded armadillo__---_--- 1 Myrmecophagidae: Myrmecophaga tridactyla__-------------- Giant anteatersa2 255502 E ee 1 104 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 BIRDS STRUTHIONIFORMES Scientific name Common name Number Struthionidae: Sir UTRTO COMEUS eo See A a ere ee Ostrich. 2X20 22 See 2 RHEIFORMES Rheidae: Rihecacamerveanaes 20 oe Oe ke Common rhea____--_ = aan 3 CASUARIIFORMES Casuariidae: Casuarius casuarius aruensis_--.-------- Aru cassowary-_._----.----- 1 Casuarius uniappendiculatus occipitalis._._ Island cassowary ----.------- 1 Casuarius uniappendiculatus uniappendi- ClattiS e558 a) eee 6 ae One-wattled cassowary------- 1 Dromiceiidae: Dromiceius novaehollandiae.-_-_---------- Common emu__.22=2222 -aae 2 SPHENISCIFORME? Spheniscidae: Apienodytes forstert S28 NOs 22 oes Empéror penguin 2: 92 22 9)52 1 Eudyptes chrysolophus._..-..------------- Macaroni penguin_-__-__----- 11 Eudyptes: cristatus 2.2 uSOOUL 2. 2. Rock-hopper penguin - --_-__-- 2 TINAMIFORMES Tinamidae: INothura maculosas 22202 22 es Spotted tinamou--....... DOS Gi PELECANIFORMES Pelecanidae: Pelecanus californicus._-.-_=--.-------- California brown pelican___-. 2 Pelecanus erythrorhynchus___------------ White pelican__________----- 5 Pelecanus occidentalis___...------------- Brown pelican-__--_-_------ 3 Pelecanus roscus= 424s Wi eee he Rose-colored pelican _-__----- 4 Phalacrocoracidae: Phalacrocorax quritus albociliatus__..----- Farallon cormorant__-_------ 1 CICONIIFORMES Ardeidae: VArdeashenod1asic2 iets) Ae SNe SU Great blue heron... _-_-_---_-- 2 Ardeavoccidentalys. 92 om Se Great white heron_________--_ 1 grettasthe laine eo a ale Snowy egretas_ 220 See 5 Hydranassa tricolor ruficollis___..-------- Louisiana heron- -_---------- 1 Notophoyxz novaehollandiae__------------ White-faced heron_______-_--- 1 Nyctanassa violacea cayennensis________-- South American yellow- crowned night heron.__--_-- 1 Nycticoraxz nycticorax naevius__..-.---.-- Black-crowned night heron__- 30 Cochleariidae: Cochleartus cochlearius_....-_.._-.------- Boatbill heron_._.._-------- REPORT OF THE SECRETARY Scientific name Oommon name Nu Ciconiidae: PHSSOUrG CPISCOPUsea» 68). 4. ey ek Woolly-necked stork_____.___- bus CUNET CUS! CX ke ey en ie Moalaysstorky.5 0 Seas Jabiru myclerta____ 5-2-4282 ARATE ANN BEEN Op ae IS a al ce nN Se a SRR Leptoptilus crumeniferus__-------------- Marabowte ss sechs% Soe aie Leptoptelus dubius--- 2.22225 .j2---22- <2 Indian adjutant_____-__-_-_-- Leptoptilus javanicus --_------- _ ee Lesser adjutant -____-----_-- Wiicterta OMericang. GoW. se leer ee Wood ibis’ 2 20m Guan eae Threskiornithidae: SS GIEIIT Gh |i {pon nt Sita i Manet lied 2) a aap Roseate spoonbill____-__-_ aye a 3 (Chayy ana Td Ya ees aaa ae es Na Ng Fs yeaa Wihite 1bis = sot at secs aes Guara alba X G. rubra___.-------------- Hybrid white and scarlet ibis_ (CATH ROD GEOG Wy at Soh 1 De lek 2 gl ea A Scarlet ibis: 2-222 anes ee Threskiornis melanocephala_-__.---------- Black-headed ibis__.________- Threskiornis spinicollis_..-----.-------- Straw-necked ibis__________-- Phoenicopteridae: Phoenicopterus chilensis___.---.--------- Chilean flamingo -_-__--_-_---- Phoenicaplerus ruven. o- 222k ee ee ees Cuban flamingo-_.-__------- ANSERIFORMES Anhimidae: Chaung, chavariatisees na eolas h White-cheeked screamer-_.____ Cara tOng ala OR AEE A whe Crested screamer_________-_- Anatidae: PEERS FIGIESUS eae ees ecto niann LY e e Wood duck] 2 20222 ) age Anas bahamensis. 2222 be cee le LLL Bahama pintail___..____.___ PAN USIGOMESIRCR. er rirt|: imi tRA aes Pekin duck.) Sosa Anas domestica X A. platyrhynchos__.__-- Pekin duck X mallard duck hy Drid {Yeas See eae es Anas platyrhynchos__.----------------- Mallard duck js0 225.228 22_ 86% VANGSIFUUTT DES ss) cty: B axyedis pyeiehd oi Black-duck =o. si see now An serlalbryroma serie bepikee bes oy i American white-fronted goose_ Anser cinereus domestica_______..-_---_-- Toulouse goose_.______-_.--_ Anseranus semipalmata______.._-------- Australian pied goose_~____-_- Branta canadensis_...._....-..._-.------ Canada goose___________-_--_ Branta canadensis occidentalis. _-______-_ White-cheeked goose__-_____- Branta canadensis < Chen caerulescens___. Hybrid Canada goose X blue GOOKEL 2 = oo eck, ets ts Branta hutchinst__- 22 2s eo 2 Hutchin’s goose_________-___ Branta hutchinsit minima_____.--------- Cackling goose____.______--- Cairina moschata__._...-.------------- Muscovy duck..____________ Cereopsis novaehollandiae__.--__-------- Cape Barren goose..-.-____-_- Chenvatlantica = soead terion oods - _ Snow. ‘Goose. <4 ieeoses sede Chen caerulescens. ...____---..----_-_-- Blue goose__.-_____-.--__--- Chenomsiatratas sui a bope de ale Black swane.ohenn\s ce sutenies Chloephaga leucoptera_..-..____.-------- Magellan goose__..______-__- G@oscoroba coscoroba_ 2-2 ke Coscoroba.._- seein Cygnopsis cygnoides *.ty2543 (nF Domestic goose__-.-..___--- Cygnus columbianusco.f25 soe Whistling swan_.......--_--- Cygnus melancoriphus________-_-------- Black-necked swan _--__-_-- Cu gnUs: GlOn sie 2 ay A aye rpm eh Mute swan. -— . 9 si 2een528 55! DOT OC ULC oar si oes oe eee ho Pintailnnstanento’ aches yesh 106 | ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Scientific name Common name Number Anatidae—Continued Dafile spinicwida® Lo As0r COO NE. fx 282s Chilean: pintails essa 2 eee 1 Dendrocygna arborea=2 es Seer i. ea esse Black-billed tree duck________ 3 Dendrocygna viduatas 2 eee as ee he White-faced tree duck________ 2 Dendronessa galericulata_________------- Mandarin“duck22 2? ess 4 Mareca americana_-=--__-___ 2 e Baldpate»:> 72) se Seer 1 Maria avinis> = Seu NIU S Taegan = ee Lesser-scaup #22)" 0a" Baasrean 1 Marita collarts 25s) ei MIS IT wn > oe Ring-necked duck___________ 2 Metopiana peposaca..2 2-222 ee ee Rosy-billed pouchard________ 3 Nettion carolinense___________________-- Green-winged teal___________ 2 iNetivon formosim =5) 522k BAW Des aes Baikal teal--+-=>>23o.ee eee 3 INFOCUS: Speen Bie ss aR SERRE Ee ee Hybrid-duckie!) 22% save ee 1 INgroee valisinertaa—2 ee) Saeki aay Canvasback duck--- 2" _¥™ 1 Philacte canagieag nh S288 = es Emperor goose________2____ 2 Ouenquedulatdiscons sae ne eee Blue-winged teal____________ 2 FALCONIFORMES Cathartidae: (Ca WOHRIOS GARE Bs be Turkey vulture______________ 1 Coragyps atnatus=2 2 222) 52) {Be Nera ie Black vulture. 32.2 Se eieeaee 3 (SRA OPONT NOUS, (Way Nene s INE ee a ee King vulture__.___ 2. __ 6am 2 Vultungryphusins bs tastes a Andean condor. 224043 Bae 1 Sagittariidae: Sagittarius serpentartus-____...__-____-_- Secretary bird_....______-2_- 2 Accipitridae: Accipiter. striatus velorig saragayt Sharp-shinned hawk________- 1 ‘Buteo jamaicensis._- ats Gerdes oo sk Red-tailed hawk__---____-___ 6 Buteolineatusrelegansisuh. 13S. - Southern red-shoulderedhawk. 1 Buteo. ineatus lineatus. tees n ss Red-shouldered hawk ______-_ 3 Butea, melanolencus. 2558. yialah! 02. South American buzzard eagle. 2 Buteo. plaiypterus.-—- yous Bows 2 Broad-winged hawk_-__-.____ 1 Buteo:poecilochroushee Mesa Red-backed buzzard_______-- 2 Buteo swainsonta. Seana se ere yes Swainson’s hawk__.________- 1 Gypohierax.angolensist #ausitebe ik Fish-eating vulture________._ 1 Gyps fulvus 2522 22 SRROW Benny ne els Griffon vulture____.__.-____- 1 Gypsiruep pelted. PA TISU Nae TE Ruppell’s vulture__-___-_=-_- 2 Haliaeetus leucocephalus___--.---------- Bald*eagle.2 <~_v2ss2aune Be 5 EV ONTO STURN Ais eae ce yee een Brahminy kite. 22222 eames i) Harpiaharpya. Sac 2 enor re eo Harpy: eagle. . 2505154 Sie 2 Milvago. chimango S20es Basta P28 Chimango® 223% J220noeiw Sate 3 Milous migrans parasitus $20sa se oe 8 African yellow-billed kite_____ 2 Pandion haliaetus carolinensis___.---_-- Osprey or fish hawk_________- 1 Parabuteotunicinctus 22208 MAGS eas One-banded hawk_____-_---- 1 SOncogyPSsicGluus. 2 4s sees Ba ees ek Indian Pondicherry vulture... 1 Spiziastur melanoleucus___._-____.------ Black and white hawk eagle__ 1 Torgos:-trachelsotuss#ese. sane eee Pl African eared vulture_______- 1 Falconidae: Dapirzus-americants Oe eae Red-throated caracara_-____-_ 3 Falco.mericanus. C8 Ws Sense Prairie falcon 2422205 2s ESE I Falco peregrinus anatum_.___.-=-------- Duck hawk 2) is 22S noe 2a5y Ba Haleowsparverius... 2 uae San Sparrow hawk___----__-_-- 11 Falco sparverius interaedius_____..-__--- South American sparrowhawk. 1 Polyborus plancuss sue e a ae rane) hs ae South American caracara_...- 1 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 107 GALLIFORMES Scientific name Common name Number _ Cracidae: Cracwasciolatden a. soo oe ee oa Crested curassow__.------_-- 2 (CEREUS STAD NRG eo a ay a aes ate Panama curassow -.----_-_-- 1 VIG ATIC UL Um iw ae ee de ee Razor-billed curassow____-_--_ 2 Phasianidae: PACIVEISEOM USVOTQ USE oe tik ai Ie a Se Argus pheasant._._.---_____ 2 Cappeusepaucchiyes = as one es ee Cheer pheasant_____________ 1 Chrysolophus-amhersiiae. 2222.22.02 -- 2 - Lady Amherst’s pheasant..__ 1 Chiysolopius pictus = 22222 eee Golden pheasant -_-—-.___--_-- 4 OOM USNCNISLALUS He BE ee a a Crested quail______..__=___- 1 Crossopiilon Gurilume. = one er. Bae oS S Blue-eared pheasant _-__- achenneer a Galkusisprs ei occ ee ere SURE ahs Bantam chicken<2---22222 2. 2 74 CCLRC USS) Opa a a lei a lc Gamettowlt 2 ue en ee 8 Gas pen to Se see ee eet Oriental silky bantam fowl___ 6 Ganusrspeemete ie ann a Co iol ting fowler ages! 8 Galusspee ieee ie Pace kes last Long-tailed fowl__-____-_=___ 1 Gallusigallusl 2200 oe os epee geese Red jungle fowl_____.__.-_-- 9 Ganusgalus iy brides 2522222 Hybrid red jungle fowl X bantam fowl= = 2 2 4 eee ot Gallas lafanehigns 5 bette Ceylonese jungle fowl___.-__- 1 Gallus sonneraiigs s2e.0 acta ete Gray jungle fowl______-___-- 1 Gennacusialbocristatusa2 3b 21h inne White-crested kaleege_.__..._. 2 Gennaeus leucomelanus...-..----------- Nepal kaleege_______-_---_-- 2 Gennaeus nycthemenuss. bas -eeift Silver pheasant._...-._.----- 3 Her ophasissswinhovinc eH seeoe Swinhoe’s pheasant.___-..--- 2 Lophophorus impeyanus_--------------- Himalayan impeyan pheasant. 1 DAO OUCHUSLOLUS tse Ss seetaintn’ 3S 2 - S Peafowls2 Sac one pgs ne hanes 8 MPRAStaNYS TOnGUalUSuec ting pinta hf 2 o 4 Ring-necked pheasant_-_---~-- 3 OLUDLCCLEONENG POLCOTUS 2519 cre EL Palawan peacock pheasant_... 1 URMANVEUSETCEVESE-. bats mesh 8 Reeve’s pheasant_____----_-- 2 Numididae: Acryllawim Gullnienumassed tine o_o Vulturine guinea fowl______-- 1 UNOS TIU COLOR Steen tn ae EY ie a aI Guineaifowl se 22 eae aaa 2 Meleagrididae: VAGLTOCNOTUSNOCCHLOLG HS © oss See ee Ocellated turkey__.-__-_---- 4 Meleagris gallopavo__._--_-._---------- Wald: turkeys 52200235 Sea 2 Meleagris galloparo var_-____._____--_-- Domesticsturkey #222 2 Nseo 1 GRUIFORMES Gruidae: ANTNTONOULES U7 TONS ae ee oe te Demoiselle crane_________-_- 2 BQLCOT TCO DAVONING 2 ee ay ee West African crowned crane__ 2 Balearica regulorum gibbericeps.--.------ East African crowned crane-. 1 CGT AISLE UCUUCWE TY i ie yew Se Sw White-naped crane____---_-- 1 CRUSILCUCOGEROMUB sees Siberian crane___._-_._.___._ 2 Psophiidae: PCO PILOMLCUCO Den Oe ew Se oe Ne White-backed trumpeter___-. 2 Rallidae: Amaurornis phoenicurus_.__._---_--- _-. White-breasted rail_.________ 1 PAPO MULCS COIANCG 2) a yet ss Woodie rails :b agen ee ee 2 USPC) GNVETTCO NG 2 sen or een eS American coot._-._--------- 14 Gallinula chloropus cachinnans_..-------- Florida gallinule_____._.___-- 3 Gallinula chloropus orientalis______-_---- Sumatran gallinule___-.____- if Porphyrio poliocephalus_..._____-------- Gray-headed porphyrio___-_--_ 2 108 § ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Scientific name Common name Number Cariamidae: COG MG Cristata ea oN Ime aes Se a Cariama or seriema_________- 2 CHARADRIIFORMES Burhinidae: BuThinUs DIsyriOlus 2 oe South American thick-knee__. 2 Haematopodidae: Haematopus ostralegus______------------ European oyster catcher______ 1 Charadriidae: iBelanopterus chilensts. 92 es Chilean lapwing_____________ Laridae: ECTS OO CNEGHUS espe ie oe ege L Herring gull... eee 2 WSC AESCCELAWATENST Sea eee ete ea Ring-billed gull_____________ 1 TG ORUSUDOMUTUCAUN USS sgn eer Kelpigulless2) 5) 32 eae 2 Barus novachollandiag. a Silver gull. “ts eee if Glariolidae: Glarcolaprarincol degre sy he eee eer Collared pratincole__________ 1 COLUMBIFORMES Columbidae: Columba livia =45 2) O4 CESS Fe Domestic pigeon. __________- 12 Ducula-aened6s) Di 5B LOG wwe ma Green imperial pigeon________ 1 Galiicolumba tuzontcaP ats VAG) 26s oe Bleeding-heart dove________- 1 Gallicolumba luzonica X Turtur risorius... Bleeding-heart dove X_ ring- necked dove hybrid. --__-__- 2 Geopelta-cuneatas SUaee wis IOI 2. oe Diamond dove_____________- 1 Goura victorias i 8eeoins POON MIN Victoria crowned pigeon_____- 1 Leptotilanrujacilla aes Gy eee) 2 2 oes Scaled pigeon______________- 1 Muscadivores-paulina.-=- aN i 2 Celebian imperial pigeon _____ 1 Streptopelia chinensisseeaou ates se Asiatic collared dove_________ 2 Streptopelia chinensis ceylonensis________- Lace-necked or ash dove-__-__-_ 1 Streptopelia tranquebarica________._-__--- Blue-headed ring dove- --_--__- 2 RTS HUIS ORO PHO Kee ly ALT Ta NS 8 a Ring-necked dove__________- 35 LZengida auriculatges ows 2s ee South America mourning dove. 3 PSITTACIFORMES Psittacidae: Agapornis livanae. ost ie OL Peach-faced love bird_______-_ 3 AmaZOnd Gestiva a eA ea oe Blue-fronted parrot______-_-- 1 AG AONE QULOPAN tata Wm mmem en aac nigm laa Yellow-naped parrot_______-- 3 TAMAZONG OChTOCE PNAC. io his mee nent Yellow-headed parrot. -_-__-__-- 3 A WMOZONG OF GUNIE rre ee ee minty ee an Double yellow-headed parrot__ 5 Anodorhynchus hyacinthinus___._______-- Hyacinthine macaw_.__-____-_ 1 ehh AH RTE ROH) Wns gn ley ga Yellow and blue macaw__--_-_- 2 ARES TIULCH Os tee Re Sete TT Neen 5 eee Red, blue, and yellow macaw__ 1 AT OLLI GICULO [1G ee mae er nO Cubanconure==-2 22) ee 1 AT OLEN OG! DENT GOL ee ree ee eee ee em Gray-headed conure__--_-_--_-- 1 Calyptorhynchus magnificus_________-_-- Banksian cockatoo_________-- 1 Coracopsis nigra 8 en Gece nal Lesser vasa parrot_____-_---_- 1 CYANO DSULacusis piri ste en eens nea Spix’s Macaw. 22 eae yeeaeem 1 Diicorpsis Sangurneus ena = rae a earns Bare-eyed cockatoo______- esl 8 CHeCtiITs PECL Oralys a= nee ann enor n serie Kclectus’ parrots eee 1 Eolophus roseicapillus_ 2. ee Roseate cockatoo____--__-_-- 1 Kiakatoe alba sa tam» satis Seeks Pe Wawel ie White cockatoo_________-__- 2 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 109. Scientific name Common name Number _ Psittacidae—Continued ERHEULOE CIECTO DS ee ee ee ee aI Solomon Islands cockatoo__-_ 2 PGP LOCNGGUCNIEE ee a LR UI Large sulphur-crested cocka- TOO PF seo Ee ee 3 Wearkatoe leadbeatert.. == 4 soe eee ee Leadbeater’s cockatoo-__-_---- 1 Iaicatoe MoOlUuccensts a2 ss OE PE ee cone Great red-crested cockatoo__-_ 1 Kakatoe sulphurea- - ---- US BPI WR oe oe Lesser sulphur-crested cocka- TOON De een 1 DEGREES MOMICCN AL Ae RIN eee ee Rajabtlorye ces re Se eee 2 ores garruluse 2. Oe AM Ay ren ee Redtiory22 Sasa. See ae 1 Melopsitiacus undulatus____---.--------- Grass paroquet______-------- 34 IMEVODSULA MONAChUS 22 ee eee eet Quaker paroquet------------ 1 INESTOTE ROLED LTS OPN EP A EA os ee Hats y ae rece eade ie Gi ycitty. aes iy sla 1 Nymphicus hollandicus.2 22282 ese seccs Cockatielire: Manse ee 2 Pronnes tanikomert@s. 62 228s ess cise Amazonian caique_---------- 1 IPeiecuaeuparias wie aes Nass eS Red-shouldered paroquet- ---- 1 LOCUM GMert son! wes PE es sa st Kramer’s paroquet---------- 1 PEIRCE LONG ICOUGA we PANY SSeS eS Long-tailed paroquet_-_-_------ 1 CUCULIFORMES Cuculidae: Eudynamis scolopaceus----------------- Koel co enqendnreen dp pen doco egsre 1 STRIGIFORMES Tytonidae: Pore, Pratencolas Barn Owl se i emda abe woe 6 Strigidae: ES TEOMUER OREO US Pe ere etn Ce Se a Great horned owl___-_-------- 9 REPIPONKCLUP OE eu ee EN Malay fish owls =2-22 22) 02ec" 1 NIVEL CEE AU CLE CS ere ec Ny A eile alo ie ta Snowy owllet. see 1 (Oia TERT oa ye eal ata ee biog Ta ee Screeehvowles 2s es 2 DSULOCRDULETONDOT UO ee ois crepe nome a Barredsowl en wae 6 TROGONIFORMES Trogonidae: Pharomachrus mocino--_-_-_------------ Quetzala. 422 Balak pile men 6 CORACIIFORMES Alcedinidae: WIE EMONUTGOS ee ee ee ee Kookaburra. ne nee 2 MTEC UGNESOICLUS oe ete furan Sacred kingfisher _-_-_--_------- 1 Coraciidae: LAMInTMCOCEnOS COTONGLUS. ge Pied shornbpilee seca eee 2 GCS OLLOStT Ista tome DA IE Io, Gray hormbill® = seu sate! 2 Momotidae: WVROMOLUSLESSONGE or so ge ee IMOtMmObse eae ee yuan 1 PICIFORMES Ramphastidae: Aulacorhynchus sulcatus sulcatus_-_____-- Groove-billed toucanet------- 1 Piereglossus aracart. 220001 Ge. Black-necked aracari________- 2 Pieroglossus torquatus.---88U Veo a, Aracari toucan____---------- 1 hamphastos carmmatus- =.) 8 5 2 Nak ee Sulphur-breasted toucan___-_-_- 2 Ham pPRastos PiUSCiwvor Us» 2-89 kes Toco tOUCADE 2 oso hee ae 1 110 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 PASSERIFORMES Scientific name Common name Number Cotingidae: Tvupicola mu pucola sss) = aeage ayaa aan Cock-of-the-rock____________ 2 Pittidae: : pitta MmoluceensiSes ee ee Moluccaspitta:=2 2 yao 2 Corvidae: Callocittanionmosa eo ee Mexican jay. so) oie: coe 1 Cr sSanChinensisii s 2 2 Ms can eyes, ea NG Chinese cissa.. 2. #6 be ae 2 Cissilopha mucatanica: 28s ace Yucatan blue jay_._________- 4 (Cav LSE ATO RES SS LE SSNS OS Se White-breasted crow_________ 2 Convusibrachymhynchos. == ee AMePICAN CLOW. 235 oo eee 3 Corvus conax) principalis__ 25 se 8 Northern raven _~_ =» -.-___.- 2 Wor pus commis Bey ea apy oh Hooded crows: {22 2 eee 1 Corsusicriploleucismes wi aa ee White-necked raven_________ 1 OM SOS HOSOI ESSE DBE EES ES Indian crow 2. 5425s eee 2 Cyanocittarcrisigta ce! ss ee Blue jayeslisee ss. oe ee ee 2 Cyanocoran chrysops ee Urraca jay. 2222 ee 1 Cyanopicarcyama sak m a: Wa ieee tees Gmeenaenet Azure-winged pie____________ 1 Dendrocitta vagabunda_______ _ Sa. Ruius tree ple. 2222 one 2 Garrulusianceolats ui is ene ee Black-throated jay__._-_-___ 1 Gymnorhina hypoleuca..-_. 2 White-backed piping crow____ 1 VCO PUCONRALASONR TCA ams soe ee American magpie_______-____ 3 Wrocissaxcaerntlca anne ier an © Formosan red-billed pie_-___-_ 2 Grocissa occiprtaliss 220 tee a Red-billed blue magpie___-___ 1 Paradiseidae: Ailuroedus crasstrosiris_.- 82 2 | Australian catbird22 22 2a2222 1 Ptilonorhynchus violaceus.____.-__-____- Satin bowerbird_-222 =) 22822 1 Timaliidae: Garnulox albigulanssee see es Asiatic laughing thrush_______ 2 Garrulazebrcolon ne kegs eee ag ia White-headed laughing thrush. 2 Garrulax pectoralis picticollis.___._______ Chinese collared laughing thrush 252 1 Pycnonotidae: Pycnonotus analis- =. > tae iage fe Yellow-vented bulbul________ 1 Mimidae: Melanotisicaenulescens= =.=) oe ees Blue(catbird {325252 1 Mimus polyglotios leucopterus____._____-- Western mockingbird_-__-_-_ 1 Turdidae: iRlatyerchlaciavipess= 6 ns eee a ae Yellow-footed thrush_________ 1 UO US AG i ees a ket a Selah a any a UM Bonaparte’s thrush__________ 1 DUA US aNTGTAtonrars saree se ea ene a Hastern/robins 2:32 025 (eames 2 RUT OLUS PIUUILUENUT US tine ee ie et eter a Argentine robint2 2) eee 1 Sturnidae: Galeopsar salvadorit 25 se Crested starling == 5-272 aen 1 Gracula religiosaes. 02) Se A eee Ail imynah. 2.6 eee ee 1 Graculipica melanoptera____-___-__--_--- White starling____-.---_---- 1 Pastor rosetisass i355 boii weep Rosy, pastor .2< au ieeeeeee 1 Stunna malabanican fn Pee heise 8 Le Pied mynah. 222.4. sssen)se4 2 Sturnus vulgarus ss wees Ue ie AN ee Starling. 022 streenust ssheop tans 1 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY “111 Scientific name Common name Number Ploceidae: Aidemosyne cantans-.--24--35-22.=------ Tawny waxbilla.252 2s-sb2e2 4 Aidemosyne malabarica_...------------- Indian silver-bill_ _._.-_------ 2 Aidemosyne modesta__-.-+---++--------- Plum-head finch__-_.--------- 2 Alssteranus' cinceus Lees 5 tte 2S. H Parson finch’) 22. ike ee 2 Amading fascuatas 4255.5. Ja288 loses. Cut-throat weaver finch-----_- 17 Amandava mandava___----------------- Strawberry finch______------ 3 @ayleynd prcld <2. - Seis ao eee oe Painted: finch s28e\s42 34 ses-4< 1 Diatropura procnesuos=- sine s2-------- Giant whydah-__----------- 2 stride Spe 1 pest we Gare, a aI Se se Red-eared waxbill___._-_---- 8 Estrilda cinerea.._--s=22525-222-------- Common waxbill_____--_----- 25 Huplectes franciscan@22-2_ 3h2222-------- Bishop weaver_.------------ 8 Hypochera uliramarina_.-.---+--------- Combasou or indigo bird_--_-- 3 Lagonosticta senegalla___..._..----------- African fire‘finehws 324222522 2 Lonchura leucogastroides.__-.-.--------- Bengalee fineh2 loi. 2 eset 3 Marmranmajar, sont bag daniel 02 lle White-headed munia_-__-__---- 2 Mania malacca ssc sxe! sfonde Black-throated munia____-_-- 1 Marnie oryzivora— ses sii eee le oo Java, sparrow2 _sewron wales 3 Venta Dun Chulata oe a ees 8 Spice finch. i= 4-22 yen ee sent 3 Neopoephila personata_..._-.------------ Masked finch. -Siusent 2es2c2 2 Pinccusibo yas fee Oe oe Baya weaver___-._---------- 3 Placeus intermedius... scenes Black-cheeked weaver_-_-_----- 2 Ploceus vitellinusess 2S eye ys eas Vitelline masked weaver------ 7 Roeeplila acuiscaudase iis mao eo 8 Long-tailed finch_ =. 222:-2--- 4 Roephila, gouldiae. Hori nae Oo Gouldian finch. ._ 3288052 2554 4 WMirelemagielem: = lees Gyre oo Red-billed weaver_-__-------- 5 Quelea quelea lathamise c2sitet_ o-oo Le Southern masked weaver finch jo. 2 ee AAs 2 -Sporaeginthus melopodus_.-------------- Orange-cheeked waxbill__-_--- 60 Sleganurnaiparadisealabssl-2201 2... Paradise whydah________----- 18 Stictoptera bichenovit___---------------- Binchenov’s finch____-------- 2 Taeniopygia castanotis___._.------------- Zebra finch 4. | ee ae 4 Uraeginthus bengaluss2icie ul f____-_-.- Cordon blue finch____-_----- 60 Icteridae: VAGEIMIUSHOSSUMIISe.. Sak ek Cuban red-winged blackbird__ 1 Amblyrhamphus holosericeus_..---------- Scarlet-headed blackbird - - - -- 1 Gymnomystax mexicanus_.-------------- Giantjorioless 255. 52 ee 1 WRLC MUSHORMILOCIU a8 ees ey os Bullock’s troupial -2 22s. = at Notiopsar curaesus__------------ Gia lea Chilean blackbird. --. = 2 DrUDUGlts Geflippis x22 ee Militany starling# 2-25) jos 4 Xanthocephalus xanthocephalus___-------- Yellow-headed blackbird - -_-- 2 Thraupidae: hompnocelus corpo. 8 ee Silver-beaked tanager-------- 4 Ramphocelus dinidiatus___------------- Crimson tanager_._.------~-- 2 Ramphocelus flammigerus__.------------ Yellow tanager___<---_2-++-- 5 tramphocelus nasserwnt ke ee Passerini tanager_..--------- 1 Tanagra darwini__----- ge an Le Darwin’s tanager__~---+----- 2 ROU DUS CONG oe ee ae te Bluetansagerss 42 oa. ee 3 112 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Scientific name Common name Number Fringillidae: Carpodacus meaicanus----_-- BERR ewe sh Se Mexican house finch ___-___-- 4 Cyanocompsa argentina_------_-- si hie Argentine blue grosbeak_____- 2 Diuea diuca 2 222A DANIO RENT) eee sas 8 Diuea finch: =) oso wien 14 Jaumco hyemalss: 2 2-H REE 2a 2 ees Slate-colored junco____-____- 1 Lophospingus pusillus___-_---_--------- Black-crested finch _____-__-_- 2 Melopyrrha nigra.__-_------------ etes Cuban bullfinch_____________ 2 Melospiza melodia___.___-.__--_---------- Song sparrow ===-4 20 See 1 Paroaria cucullata sone Sas 2222.28 Brazilian cardinal___________ 1 Paroaria gularis nigro-genis__-_--------- Black-eared cardinal__-______~ 3 Passercila tach2 3 22a. Sonim oe See Fox sparrow. --2.2) 2) S2e 1 IPGSSETINGLOTVOENG ss NAA) ATER is ah Lazuli, bunting ont Saas 1 Passerina cyanea) e OeR A eee Indigo bunting. ______.______ 2 Passerina.leclanchert® 92224260808) ois Leclancher’s bunting_________ 2 Passerina versicolor sas » Same ees 2s ae Blue buntings 2229552 Bisa 2 Pheucizveus aureoventrisien Sik ss 2s oss Black and yellow grosbeak__.__ 2 Phrygulus alaudsvose te eee el le Lae Chilean lark finch. _________- 1 Phrygilus fraiveetis: sree ae ahs 2k aS Mourning finch______-____-__- 4 PRY GUUShGGYts 22s 2 2 ANTE AG Eee Sees Gay’s gray-headed finch______ 1 Poospiza, torquata = anit basen 2 ue Ringed warbling finch____--_- 2 Richmondina.cardinalisisi: 206i) _ 4 1s Cardinal). 2.20" ae 3 WEMINUS CONGNIUGEE Sees oxytleedt pT os Canary _.. 22 sue ene 4 Serinus canarius X Carduelis mexicana... Canary X siskin hybrid_ __-_-- 2 DELULUS LCLET US” since aD Rep rE oe Green singing finch_______-_- 3 TCHS AVEOe = = Nay prea Ga NS ek Mysto finch! -_ Soe ea eee 3 Steals luteola. «awed Palit ty Gh Saffron finch___=__ Aisi ae 3 SS PUVUSiUTODYGUATISe= erect: ed Chilean siskin-.)s) suisse 1 SPOLODETUG Gunite se Se aieeayeh ee ee Hick’s seed-eater___________- 1 Sporophila gutturalis___...._..________- Yellow-billed seed-eater_ _____ 2 Sporophila melanocephala______________- Black-headed seed-eater______ 2 Tiares:olivacea® sree wispmeiem ih oe Mexican grassquit____-_-_--- 5 Volatiniagacariny: 2) ears edt Blue-black grassquit_______-_- 1 Zonotrichia albicollis_____- Bop Wl White-throated sparrow-_----- 4 ZONOUTCLIGNCANENSISae 2) nous. PE Le Ee Chingolo_.._ 2222222220 3aaee 1 _ REPTILES LORICATA Crocodylidae: Alligator mississipiensis____.____._____.- Alligators = 27° Sas een 28 ALG ALOT: SUNENS USE eee aan ne noe Sian Chinese alligator__________-- 3 Carmanvlatirostriss2 en ae Seen ak mene, Broad-snouted caiman ----_--_- 1 Carmanrsclenopse one ake a Spectacled caiman__________- 3 Crocodylus cataphractus_.____________.__- Narrow-nosed crocodile_ -__ -_- 1 Crocodylus niloticus! 222 See eee African crocodile_______-_-_-- 2 Crocodylus:palustrisan i 0 ee Ree ans “Toad” crocodile____________ 2 Crocodylus*porosuseet fe tee me Salt-water crocodile__________ 1 Crocodylus rhombujer 92 oe en ee Cuban crocodile____________- 1 Osteolaemus tetraspis___________________ Broad-nosed crocodile_______- 3 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY SAURIA Scientific name Common name Number Iguanidae: Basiliscus vittatus_.__.--_--.----------- Basilisk = ach cetaigastayee ib teat cf Phrynosoma brevirostre__.-_._----------- Northern horned lizard__---__-_ 1 Phrynosoma cornutum__.._-------------- Horned lizard) 2-22 22332 yee 6 Sceloporus undulatus... +22 -=_____ Pine or fence lizard_________- 6 Anguidae: Onhrsaurus ventralie_2 2 eer 8 Legless lizard or glass “‘snake”’_. 2 OCTESTUS SU OROEY far lu gianna Sagra’s skink 2uj2600 5 42 Bion pee 1 Agamidae: Uromastiz acanthinurus_---_------------ North African spiny-tailed VIiZATO ee hae ee re eA Da ae 1 Helodermatidae: FIclngderma NOTniGUM 226 ewe Mexican beaded lizard _--_-_--- 2 Heloderma suspectum___—___-_- Bg Mien CATON Gila monster_____._______--- 5 Teiidae: Tupinambis nigropunctatus_____--------- Black tegy 2.26.42 5_ jes aoe hs 5 Scincidae: HE UIECES GSCUALUS. see lat Blue-tailed skink______.____- 2 ITGULO SGN COVGESE 2S ens Vee Na Blue-tongued lizard___-___-_-_- 2 Varanidae: Varonus komodoensts_..- ee Komodo dragon. __-___-_-_-_-_- 1 WAT ANUS MORON: — ome ee Indian monitor_____________- 1 Varanus salvator. 9) ne ee aegis Sumatran monitor__________- 3 Zonuridae: GHWT US GUI ATLEUS i ete African spiny lizard______---- 2 SERPENTES Boidae: Cansirtctor constrictor Boa constrictor__________-_-- 1 Constrictor tmperator__________________- Central American boa____._--. 8 IE IECTOLESRCENICH TES Eee ae is en en eae ys Rainbows boas ss ae eee 13 pUCRQles Chasse. 2 2 Sn AA Halamanta ses yy wate ees 1 ID TCTOLESUSULUQUUS eens en oe Higitianvboas fo oe oes ne 1 PPEENTECLE ST TIVUTENUS ts a PT ANA CONG A Nie 5s ae ae 1 RFENUO TER TILOUUT US OI ae yg va to Indian rock python______---- 1 WIMEOMTEQEUS CE te a ne reer, ST Ballpythonise 2582. 1 Colubridae: ORG OLGNGING Toe oe ee Ne we a oe PNA Brown tree snake__________-_- 1 D7Adophts PUNRCLATUS= = 2242 slo ee se Ring-necked snake____-__-_-_-- 2 Dinodon semicarinatum__.___----------- Akammatahas Ci co sacs e lee 1 ULI KE SAUER TOO a op OR RN Pa Nye Cornisnake (oge2 et ee 2 LA DICKOUSOLELG™ eS he SA RAT ne Pilot snakes ae Sep iy ae 5 Elaphe quadriviitata______________-_-__- Chicken snake. __-____------ 2 Lampropeltis triangulum triangulum_____- Milk snake or spotted adder__ 1 IN CE ASS 9 pte ga gl eA age ps er WSterisnake (ic U us al 12 ONGUL TT OUSCOLOT Oa ty ons ant Water snake. 1 CIEE ELDER ON mete eee cen et Banded water snake-_-_--_____- 8 Opheodrys vernaliss = 82 2s nn Green grass snake. -________ 1 114 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Scientific name Common name Number Colubridae—Continued Oxybelis acuminatus._..________-------- Pike-head snake_____________ 2 TZREOMN GS COLENISEN Nes Lek Nee en Western bull snake_________- 1 Pituophis melanoleucus_--__.___-.----_- Bullisnake. 2: soe Se eee 2 Piyas muUcoswsie to TO SIR AR 226 sie Indian rat snake___-____-___ 1 LONErTG ekyes = 22 ee aBRE OMIOTE Le een De Kay’s snake_____________ 4 Thamnophis macrostemma_________------ Mexican garter snake________ 1 Thamnopnis ordinovdes. = 1. 2 Se Western garter snake________ 3 Chamnephisiaurituse’ > Mae ese Ae Ribbon snake________-_______ 1 Lhamnophis sirialis ee a ies ken ae Garter snakesvaiti Sse cee Tf Elapidae: Dendroaspts' spe L647 2 IOs ease ee Black tree snake or black mMambasi ise) eee 1 Dendrousprswintd tse a Green mamba___-__-_________- 4 Micruras fuloius Seok GORI <2 a4 a8 Coralsnakes S27" oo 1 Naja, melanoleuca=.-soe ik BHPE nies kee West African cobra______-__- 3 Crotalidae: Agkistrodon bilineatus_____-_---__-22-__- Mexican moccasin_____-_____ 14 Agkistrodon mokeson 22) 5. 0 i Copperhead snake__________- 3 Agkistrodon piscivorus__ = 2S a Cottonmouth moccasin_______ 6 Crotalus atrocisee), SCE ON NOSES | neo in Texas diamond-backed rattle- snakes. 2s oe en ee 1 Crotalus horridusk@2eet See hIe san ee Eastern diamond-backed rat- tlesnakesi enh awe eel eu me 1 Trimeresurus flavoviridis.._____-________ Habutviper. 2222 2222 eee 3 Sistrurus catenatus catenatus..___._______ Massasauga: U- 22). jae 7 Sesirunusmiltanvas ise ANIMES oe Pigmy rattlesnake________:__ 2 TESTUDINATA Chelydidae: Batrachemys nasutae = eae South American snake-necked turtle: 2c eee Lee 4 a draspis spe aemanne se Oran tonsa C4gado or South American snake-necked turtle... _---- it Hydromedusatectifera2 2 South American snake-necked turtles 2200 ee ee 18 Platemys platycephala_-- = Flat-headed turtle__________- 1 Pelomedusidae: iRodocnemisierpansan ees a South American river tortoise. 1 Kinosternidae: Kinosternon subrubrum__.______________ Musk turtle. 2 3 une 6 Chelydridae: Chelydravserpentina 2! saan tn Snapping turtle... 8 Macrochelys temminckti_______._________ Alligator snapping turtle______ I Testudinidae: Chinysencys pucta Ae ae eee ae Painted turtle: o25 5 soe 7 Clemmiusiquitatas sea ee. wise ee Spotted turtle. 22252 2 ee 6 Clemmystinsculpias 08 et gee Wood turtle.) 2 Ss cee 3 Cyclemys amboinensis____.._____________ Kura kura box turtle___-___- 1 Graptemys barbourit_.... Barbour’s turtle_____________ 6 Mialaclemys centratas << e ) e a Diamond-back turtle_-----_- 8 elomedusa galeata. 8! us kee el ie Common African water tor- toiséz 2 JL ae eee 1 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 115 Scientific name Common name Number Testudinidae—Continued Pseudemys.concinneG.= =~ APUG |... n= = Cooters=2< seo OO Ba 1 Pseudemys- rugosa... 502 DOs? eee Cubensterrapin ses Mei 1 5 2a ‘Lroost's*turtles ss--F8 Ve ek SNe 1 Pseudemys scripta troosti SS Tr Ee mm ee ee turtle (albino) iad alle laks 2 PPSCMACTILYS LROGSULE ok 2 MD ii A Cumberland terrapin_________ 4 Reerapene.caroinas 2.0 hi DES © Box turtles a. 2 cree a alec 50 Terrapene major. VssA exile Florida box turtle___________ 4 Testudo ephippiumain erate haste Duncan Island tortoise_______ 2 Mestudo, hoodensis.....evedt egeee) 22 Hood Island tortoise_________ 2 Hestude tabulata_.- sivedt behest oo. South American tortoise______ 1 Kestudo, tonnierti.2--— ite pian 2. bos 8 Soft-shelled land tortoise _-____ 1 MESLUGO ICING = i. | ea iaiQey 2 2 oe Albemarle Island tortoise_____ 5 Trionychidae: Amuydaverote. 2, BAe eth oo Soft-shelled turtle___________ 6 Amyda:triunguis tte bebiew ol 8 West African soft-shelled tur- tle. 222 24 u = -BN DOOR 1 AMPHIBIA CAUDATA Salamandridae: P@rziunus pyrrhogaster___._24qus2___ 2222 Red Japanese salamander____ 77 Tratunustierosus! waswaiid ine 2 Giant newt = 20a tet ae) 2 Pratunus, culgaris. Aol asoud 22. o Common European salaman- ders 22 eae a STO OEY 3 Ambystomidae: Ambystoma lacustrisaies te Mexican axolotl-....-__1 2.2L 3 Ambystoma opacum_ 2080: boul --____._ Marbled salamander_-________ 1 ‘Ambystoma tigrinum_. #9 t__ Axolotl. 222-222 So ee Dee 32 Cryptobranchidae: Megalobatrachus japonicus___----------- Giant Japanese salamander_._ 2 SALIENTIA Dendrobatidae: Atelopus varius cruciger______--------_-_- Yellow, atelopuss 228-48 34 Dendrobates auratus._-_-__-_-.-S82.2243 Arrow-poison frog_______-__- 160 PCR OODULESMIDILLCIE . Sine aL Red and black frog__________ 1 Bufonidae: Bufo americanus... 2 2-2 ste se errs Common toad 22272 aee 1 SYD) CET DOES eta ee Sapo de,concha...-_---.-+__ 4 OMANI RUSS 222 wen ee ee eS Marine:toad2 2 22252 4 ERROR CILOCEDILALUS ya eee oe vee we Cuban giant toad_-._-___-_-- 3 Ceratophrydae: WECTALOD IU SUOTIOCL ees ae Hormedsinog 2 sce: oa Seles 1 Ceratophrys varius _----- PR TANI Ma ie RD Horned: frogs soe cei rete | 2 BND) TENG aes EN ESI SIRO IPN Se nt Sea "EGCG TORS se Guies See es 1 PII RET UCU OT a meee es olin Beh ha EU Preesbror se oo | a ee 2 Pipidae: Pipa pipantt Bosses MOE PSY Ld 4 Surinam toad sso oes ome eee 6 Menopus idenisi ti ink er awe ant aygt African clawed frog___------- 12 116 § ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Scientific name Common name Number Ranidae: Rana catesbetana__....-.--------------- Bullfrog: 22 ees pes 2 Rana clamitans 235. Boe Se oe Green frog2) 2. h25:)s-2.c2 Se 2 RONG pigveng7s ook pte RS Leopard frog___---.-..-. 2-5. 10 Rana silvatica ss: 64s Stes Sols Wood frogss: So) eee 1 FISHES Anabas testudineuses 3 cad oe yaere ooo 2S. Climbing perch______________ 5 Anoptichthys jordani-_----------- ee ee rons Blind characin'))22 45211 95132 12 Barbus everetticsssti Went) Bagi ols Clown barb... 20s 0n08 aia 8 Barbus partipentazona.. 22% 22222.------- Banded barb... 52305 See 20 Brachydantorento® rh pele he See Sh Zebra danio_. 2. 22s) aie 3 Carassius qurnaius-f=2%o% elvan tth os Goldfish... ..._ _ wages gpa 12 Channa asiatica ee ee ae RS os Snakehead fish_-_-_______--_- 1 Cichlasome, festive 23 fees ye Flag cichlid__.__. 2345 5 Corydoras aeneus on. 2 sesh Bae os 8 Trinidad catfish____-____--_- 2 Danto-malabaricus. 224 eke ee Blue danio_. 02.) S722 yes 4 Gymnocorymbus ternetzt_...______--------- Black:tetrastaeye 2 es ae 2 Helositoma temminckti___------------------ Kissing gourami or gorami__.- 3 Hyphessorbrycon innest_--_--...-------- zoo Neéon tetrad 2222s ee eee 1 EG plopterus VICirnnts = 9 ed ee Glass catfish: 2 2/20 S22 2 Hebistes reticulatust eae hast 2 Guppy... - sine ee 100 Lepidostren paradoxa___--.--------------- South American lung fish_-___ 2 imiswiitotas 254-262) sasdes Yo 2 CubanJimia __. ss8aue See 10 Mollitenisia sphenops--=- -_ 228-22 - 2 2 Mictory, molly 225 5922 e eee 10 Monocirrhus polyacanthus____._---------+- Leaf-fishs:.......-. eee 1 Otocinclus affinus - - ~~ - -- eee NPE ok Sucker catfish__.__..___-__-- 6 Platypoecitlus. 352s ak Bose shee se Red moon. . . 2c2.o%4 suai 3 Pristellariddlet- 28 =. 260 Pea ee Tetra... See eeyee aie 10 Protopterus annectens 2252002 002 sa ee African lungfish _____-------- 2 Pterophylium, scalare-24 248 see Sy So Angel fish? 2203-2 1 ARACHNIDS D OTR ETY AR (a3 (5) 0 ig a Bete eee Mc a eT Tarantula. 200) eee 1 INSECTS Blaberatspere ce Aeon A Nn Wine ee Giant cockroach_-.- -_- es eee 100 SUMMARY AnimalsionvhandrJuly 1, 1946.72 20 2 eee eee 2, 553 Atccessions' during’ the yeare 22 oe ee ee Os a eee ca IN ean 1, 462 Total number of animals in collection during the year__-_-------- 4,015 Removals for various reasons such as death, exchanges, return of animals onrdeposituete s 2" Fee ee ee ee ee oo 1, 008 In¢collection on June 30771947222 22 ee ee 3, 007 Among the important losses of the year were three emperor pen- guins. Two of them had lived here for 5 years and 11 months; the last REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 117 one to die, for 6 years and 3 months. These, of course, are outstanding records for life in captivity for these interesting birds, but the loss was a heavy one. STATUS OF COLLECTION ‘Indi- Indi- Class Species] vid- Class Species| vid- uals uals Miamimals esse Sas ee 189 GOO isha e i es 2 NS eles Tr 24 316 Pind geet. ee Fo Pees Ue 336 15235) | insects! a ese Pie i Pee ee 1 100 Reptiles 228.0 oe Be ee 94 S80) ATachnids: 20220 eee ane 1 1 Amphibians-_-__-...-.------------- 24 365 Mota] sey0Ni ee see esta 669 3, 007 Respectfully submitted. W. M. Mann, Director. Dr. A. WETMORE, Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. APPENDIX 8 REPORT ON THE ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the opera- tions of the Astrophysical Observatory for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947: The Observatory has two divisions: (1) The original Division of Astrophysical Research, engaged primarily in a study of solar radia- tion, and (2) the more recently established Division of Radiation and Organisms, engaged in a study of the effects of radiation on organisms. Both divisions of the Observatory helped to celebrate the one- hundredth anniversary of the founding of the Smithsonian Institution by participating in a special exhibit illustrating the activities of the Institution. Mechanical working models were displayed showing typical instruments as used by the Observatory at Camp Lee, Va., and also showing types of research in the Division of Radiation and Organ- isms, with emphasis placed on the role of light in the growth and de- velopment of plants. (1) DIVISION OF ASTROPHYSICAL RESEARCH Work in Washington.—As in the past, our first concern has been to appraise the solar-constant values received from our field stations and to plan and develop improvements in instrumental equipment and methods. Our plans have seemed unduly slow in fulfillment, but by way of anticipation we may state that in the near future at one of our field stations we expect to try several innovations. These include an improved vacuum bolometer, a fused quartz prism, and aluminized mirrors in the optical path in place of stellite. The resulting large increase in ultraviolet defiections should permit a more accurate study of the day-to-day changes in this important region. Our second concern has been the work at Camp Lee, Va., under con- tract with the Office of the Quartermaster General, described in last year’s report. The records of the Camp Lee measurements of sun and sky radiation have been compiled and prepared for publication in a series of 11 reports to the Quartermaster General. The maintenance of the equipment and observations at Camp Lee, and the preparation of the reports have all been under the direction of William H. Hoover. With the close of the fiscal year we have completed 18 months of con- 118 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 119 tinuous observations at Camp Lee. These records give the sun and sky radiation in calories per square centimeter, for each hour of each day divided as follows: (1) Total intensity on a horizontal surface. (2) Total intensity on a surface inclined 45° to the east. (3) Ultraviolet intensity on a surface 45° to the east. (4) Visible intensity 45° to the east. (5) Infrared intensity 45° to the east. (6) Intensity under a vycor filter which transmits all radiation, inclined 45° to the south. (7) Intensity under a black filter (Corning 2540) which cuts off the ultra- violet and visible, and transmits the infrared, 45° to the south. (8) Intensity under a yellow filter (Corning 3385) which cuts off the ultra- violet and transmits the visible and infrared, 45° to the south. (9) Ultraviolet intensity on a horizontal surface measured with a special photoelectric ultraviolet meter. The measurement and reduction of these voluminous records have been tedious and time-consuming. Integrating devices which will greatly simplify the work are being studied by Mr. Hoover and L. B. Clark, and several such devices are under construction in our shops. It is now 18 years since Dr. C. G. Abbot and the Director last deter- mined the standard scale of solar radiation on Mount Wilson. In anticipation of a new determination of this scale in the near future, the double-barreled water-flow pyrheliometer used successfully in 1934 has been partially rebuilt. Rubber joints within the instrument have been eliminated, copper-constantan thermojunctions replace the former nickel-platinum junctions, and the thermoelement arrangement is made more simple and efficient. Dr. Abbot, research associate of the Observatory, has continued his studies of the effects of solar changes on weather. He has also experi- mented with a small solar engine,.and has made preparations for a further study of the energy spectra of stars which he will undertake soon with the aid of the Mount Wilson 100-inch telescope. At the request of Dr. Henryk Arctowski, and with the cooperation of Dr. Abbot and the Secretary of the Institution, Dr. Alexander Wetmore, arrangements were made for John McLean Hildt to come to Washington to assist Dr. Arctowski for 1 year. Mr. Hildt, form- erly meteorologist for the American Overseas Airlines, began work with Dr. Arctowski on June 2, 1947. He will help organize and pre- pare for publication the large amount of material which Dr. Arctowski has accumulated. Work in the field—In October 1946 Mr. Hoover and Paul Greeley went to New Mexico and packed for shipment the entire equipment of our Tyrone station, closed since February 1946. Arrangements were made for the sale and disposal of the buildings and for the return 764815—47——_9 120 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 of the site to the custody of the Forest Service. The equipment was sent to Miami, Fla., and stored pending the completion of a building suitable for temporary solar observations at this sea-level location. In further development of their studies of the causes of tent dete- rioration, the Quartermaster Department decided to extend the Camp Lee work to include measurements and exposures at a wet, sea-level station and also at a dry, high-altitude station. Fortunately, in Miami, Fla., the General Motors Corp. maintains a test field for the exposure and testing of various materials. At the suggestion of Dr. S. J. Kennedy, of the Military Planning Division, Office of the Quarter- master General, a cooperative program was arranged between the General Motors Corp., the Quartermaster Department, and the Smith- sonian Institution. General Motors generously undertook to build a special observing shelter at their test field, to house our spectrobolo- metric equipment formerly in operation at Tyrone, N. Mex. This building, a most satisfactory, well-insulated structure of cement brick, was completed in April 1947. On May 1 F. A. Greeley, recently director at our Montezuma, Chile, station, took charge of the installa- tion of our equipment. Spectrobolometric observations are planned for a period of 1 year. During the war years our field stations were unavoidably under- manned. It is therefore a satisfaction to state that each of the stations now has two competent observers, as in prewar days. | During the fiscal year, a generous gift to further the work of the Division was received from John A. Roebling. The staff of the Observatory is sincerely grateful to Mr. Roebling, and to Dr. Abbot through whose kindly interest the gift was received. (2) DIVISION OF RADIATION AND ORGANISMS (Report prepared by Earl S. Johnston, Chief of the Division) General.—Members of the Division were consulted as usual by out- side individuals and organizations regarding problems arising in the field of radiation, its measurement and its effect on living matter. Individual members also participated actively in the affairs of national and local scientific organizations. Research.—During the year the research of the Division of Radiation and Organisms was concentrated under two projects: (1) Photosyn- thesis, and (2) plant growth and development as influenced by light. (1) Photosynthesis—The purpose of this project is to determine the role of light, especially the wave-length effects, on the fixation of carbon by green plants. Included in this project are studies (a) to determine a more complete photosynthesis-action spectrum by use of the special spectrographic method for the determination of carbon REPORT OF THE SECRETARY - 121 dioxide as developed in this laboratory; (0) to determine chlorophyll _ formation in the different regions of the spectrum; (c) to investigate the wave-length balance associated with optimum plant production. Many instrumental problems have arisen in connection with this CO,-measuring method which have prevented the full use of the ap- paratus in many of the planned experiments. New heat exchangers have been installed for better temperature control and other improve- ments made. After making 67 test runs, each of which required from 5 to 6 hours, all but two of the problems have been overcome. The Division has recently obtained a suitable spectrophotometer with which to continue its studies on chlorophyll formation. Work in the study of wave-length balance and optimum plant growth has been continued. (2) Plant growth and development as influenced by light.—The pur- poses of this project are (a) to determine the mechanism of dormancy in light-sensitive seeds, and (6) to study developmental physiology of grass seedlings. Role of light in seed germination.—It has long been known that germination of many species of seeds under certain conditions is very markedly stimulated by, or entirely dependent upon, irradiation. About 10 years ago a cooperative investigation carried out in this laboratory (Flint and McAlister) demonstrated that only certain por- tions of the spectrum are stimulatory to germination whereas other regions are inhibitory. The mechanism of these effects of light has remained completely obscure, however. Subsequent discoveries by other workers have suggested new ex- perimental approaches to this problem which has been taken up again. These discoveries are (1) that certain chemicals have the ability to evoke germination in darkness and thus appear to act as substitutes for light, and (2) that other chemicals act as germination inhibitors in darkness but that light tends to overcome the inhibitory action. A considerable variety of compounds has been tested for ability to promote germination of lettuce seeds in darkness at temperatures which, in the absence of specific stimulations, permit germination only in light. A number of active substances have been found. The tests -are being continued in an attempt to correlate the physiological potency with molecular architecture. The light-sensitive inhibitory effect produced by coumarin does not appear to be specific, being exhibited also by several other compounds among the many which have been examined. Thus there is little support for the suggestion made by other workers that coumarin, or a chemically closely related substance, is responsible for the natural light-sensitivity of lettuce seed. A report of this work is now being prepared for publication. 122 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Evidence has been obtained, however, that dormancy and germina- tion in this species is regulated, or at least influenced by an endo- genous inhibitory substance. The nature of this inhibitor and the mode of its action are being studied. A critical review of the literature dealing with germination of lettuce is also in preparation. Effect of light on development of grass seedlings. Various phases of this project have been carried forward as time permitted. A com- parative investigation of the action spectrum for inhibition of meso- cotyl growth in several species has been published. ‘Tests on the influence of several seed-disinfection treatments on subsequent seed- ling development have been completed. Additional experiments have been made on the effects of various salts on growth of etiolated oats. In order to explain the observed gross morphological effects of light and other environmental factors on mesocotyl elongation, a histologi- cal study of this organ is in progress. A large number of slides have been prepared and are being examined. It is planned to resume the experiments on the interrelation between light and temperature as affecting coleoptile and root growth as soon as the necessary equip- ment, now being constructed, is available. Volatile plant-growth inhibitors. It was observed that in a wooden growth chamber, of which the interior had been varnished, the germi- nation of several species of seeds was completely checked or greatly retarded, although all the commonly recognized environmental con- ditions were favorable for development. On removal from this cham- ber normal development was resumed promptly. As the plants were not in direct contact with the original box it appeared that a volatile substance of great physiological activity was present. A large number of subsequent tests showed that volatile inhibitors are indeed produced, presumably as the result of oxidation processes, by films of varnishes, drying oils, unsaturated fat acids, and by several species of wood. The rapid and complete reversibility of the inhibition is espe- cially remarkable. An agent with these properties might conceivably be of considerable value both in plant physiological experimentation and in practical plant culture. Studies on the identity of the respon- sible substance, or substances, are in progress. PUBLICATIONS The following publications relating to the work of the Observatory were issued during the year: ABgorT, C. G., 1946-47 report on the 27.0074-day cycle in Washington precipitation. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 107, No. 3, March 1947. ApgBoT, C. G., The earth and the stars. D. Van Nostrand Co., Inc., New York. 1946. 288 pp. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 123 Axgot, C. G., The sun’s short regular variation and its large effect on terrestrial temperatures. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 107, No. 4, April 1947. - Assot, C. G., Astrophysical contributions of the Smithsonian Institution. Science, vol. 104, No. 2698, August 1946. AtpricH, L. B., and associates, Reports on Camp Lee studies, submitted to the Office of the Quartermaster General, as follows: Textile Series, Office of Quartermaster General, Report 17, Tent Research Report 3, pp. 53-99. Reports 2 to 11, Smithsonian Institution to Office of Quartermaster General. JOHNSTON, Ear S., The Division of Radiation and Organisms: Its origin and scope. Scientific Monthly, vol. 63, pp. 371-380, 1946. JOHNSTON, EArt §., An establishment was established. Journ. Washington Acad. Sciences, vol. 37, pp. 37-40, 1947. WEINTRAUB, Rosert L., and Prick, LEONARD, Developmental physiology of the grass seedling. II. Inhibition of mesocotyl elongation in various grasses by red and by violet light. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 106, No. 21, May 1947. Respectfully submitted. L. B. Aupricn, Director. Dr. A. WETMORE, Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. APPENDIX 9 REPORT ON THE NATIONAL AIR MUSEUM | Sm: On August 12, 1946, President Truman approved an act of the Seventy-ninth Congress (H. R. 5144) establishing, under the Smithsonian Institution, a bureau to be known as a National Air Mu- seum. The act, now referred to as Public Law 722, stipulates that this bureau shall be administered by the Smithsonian Institution “with the advice of aboard to be composed of the Commanding Gen- eral of the Army Air Forces or his successor, the Chief of Naval Op- erations or his successor, the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institu- tion, and two citizens of the United States appointed by the President from civilian life, who shall serve at the pleasure of the President.” The purpose of the National Air Museum is to “memorialize the national development of aviation; collect, preserve, and display aero- nautical equipment of historical interest and significance; serve as — a repository for scientific equipment and data pertaining to the de- velopment of aviation; and provide educational material for the his- torical study of sieinene® After the passage of the act, Dr. Wetmore discussed with Gen- eral Spaatz and Admiral Nimitz the designation of appropriate rep- - resentatives of the Army Air Forces and the Navy to the Advisory Board. As a result, General Spaatz appointed Maj. Gen. BH. M. Powers, and Admiral Nimitz appointed Rear Adm. H. B. Sallada. The latter was replaced on May 1, 1947, by Rear Adm. A. M. Pride. On December 3, 1946, President Truman appointed Grover Loening and William B. Stout to be civilian members of the Advisory Board as provided in the law. On December 16 the first and organizational meeting of the Ad- visory Board was held at the Smithsonian Institution in Washington. At this meeting Dr. Wetmore was unanimously elected chairman. A general discussion of the preliminary plans for an aeronautical museum then followed, the Board calling attention to the danger of losing valuable historical and technical material unless prompt action were taken. Toward this end, Dr. Wetmore was requested to com- municate immediately with leaders in all branches of aeronautics requesting that such material be preserved for future review by the Board. The Board also discussed section 3 of the act which calls on the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution with the advice of the Ad- 124 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 125 visory Board “to investigate and survey suitable lands and buildings for selection as a site for a national air museum and to make recom- mendations to Congress for the acquisition of suitable lands and build- ings for a national air museum.” At this meeting, too, the preparation of estimates of appropriations to implement the $50,000 authorized by the Congress for the purposes of the act was discussed in detail, and Dr. Wetmore was advised by the Board to submit the request to the Bureau of the Budget. This was done, and on March 21, 1947, President Truman transmitted to Congress “A Supplemental Estimate of Appropriation for the Fiscal Year 1948 in the Amount of $50,000 for the Smithsonian Institution” (H. R. Doc. No. 181). On April 30, 1947, Dr. Wetmore appeared before the Independent Offices Subcommittee on Appropriations and presented a brief statement on the origin of the National Air Museum and on the need for the requested appropriation. Following this initial meeting of the Advisory Board, approxi- mately 200 letters were addressed to aeronautical interests through- out the Nation. These letters called attention to the establishment of the National Air Museum and urged the recipients to advise the Board of any aeronautical items which in their estimation should be considered for inclusion in the future National Air Museum. The letter also requested that such materials be carefully preserved until such time as the Board could make a study of them. The response to these letters has been large and indicates the existence at this writ- ing of much valuable museum material in private hands scattered throughout the Nation. Both the Army and Navy, too, are assem- bling and holding large quantities of valuable aeronautical material of the recent war years. 81.7 | 81.1 97 | 92.2 87 | 85.1 70 | 74.7 77 | 78.2 | 72.8 | 76.8 TA TE Wy es ear a 80.9 | 80.8 96 89.0 90 84.7 72 75. 5 71 77.6 | 83.3 83.3 UNGER ee 80.5 | 80.6 94 75. 4 87 77.4 72 75. 4 70 77.4 | 85.8 86. 0 TBlypeess re See Eee 80.3 | 79.8 92 88.3 86 83. 5 72 75.5 72 76.7 | 86.0 87. 2 Aioust=2iies rouse 79.4 | 79.8 92 | 86.9 86 | 82.7 69 | 74.7 70 | 76.6 | 87.6] 87.1 September______-.---- 78.9 | 79.1 91 | 86.4 88 | 83.4 71 | 74.2 72 | 75.5 | 89.5 | 87.4 Octobershe Ee 2s 2S 78.2 | 79.0 89 | 86.0 90 | 84.0 71 | 73.2 72 | 74.9 | 88.3] 841 November____-_------ 78.0 | 78.9 90 85. 9 90 83. 2 71 72.7 71 74.7 | 89.1 83.3 December----_-------- 78.9 | 79.6 90 | 86.8 86 | 82.9 70 | 73.1 71 | 75.9 | 87.6 | 84.1 Wiearsiaeiene se 79.6 | 79.9 97 | 88.2 90 | 83.8 69 | 74.0 70 | 76.5 | 82.8] 82.2 TD ysis a isk RRS 80.0 | 80.3 97 | 90.1 88 | 84.2 69 | 73.3 73 | 77.3 | 74.0] 75.8 Wictaeasei eel Sees 79.4 | 79.7 96 | 85.6 90 | 82.7 70 | 74.3 70 | 76.2 | 87.2) 85.3 Maxi- Mini- Muxi- Minie mum mum mum mum Balboaite sc eae aa ee 93. 06 48.94 Cristobal 4_________ 183. 41 86. 54 Pedro Miguel !___-_-- 110. 57 58. 31 Porto Bello 4_______ 237. 28 118. 04 Summit; 2205 ee 111. 25 67.57 Puerto Armuelles Gamboa ?2________- 136. 19 62. 02 (Chiriqui) _______ 132. 32 58. 93 - Madden Dam#?____ 152. 04 71.95 Santa Rosa (Cocle)_ 77. 20 48. 58 Frijoles 2________-- 138. 36 78. 06 Tonosi (Los Santos). 141. 03 51. 25 Barro Colorado ?___ 148. 42 76.57 Salamanca 3_______ 160. 46 69. 06 Mrinidad 22 ssn wee: 144. 48 87. 61 Chilibrillo 2_.______ 134. 23 72. 63 Monte Lirio 2_____ MNOS io 85.15 Candelaria 3_______ 184. 98 101. 79 Gatun 2) seek 28s 164. 19 80.31 Peluca ?___________ 179. 64 91. 14 1 Pacifie drainage. 2 Gatun Lake drainage (Gatun Lake area). 3 Gatun Lake drainage basin (Madden Lake watershed). 4 Atlantic drainage. FISCAL REPORT During the fiscal year 1947, $16,095.88 was available, none of which was appropriated by Congress. Of this amount, $13,140.29 was spent, leaving on hand $2,955.59 to begin the new fiscal year. In addition to this, $3,183.96 is still on deposit, representing local collections, a total of $6,139.55, to which will be added the few table subscriptions, an amount inadequate to take care of running expenses. During the year $4,403.96 was collected as fees from scientists for board and lodging, fees from visitors, and similar items. It is hard to say how much will be collected during the 1948 fiscal year, but it is almost certain that it will not be sufficient to carry us through the year. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 151 The organizations listed below continued to aid materially in the support of the Laboratory through the payment of table fees: American Museum of Natural History--_________-___--____-_________ $300. 00 Mastmianecod ake Compania Ee 500. 00 Tenaya CW NOVELS lity ane ee ee ee 300. 00 NewavorkiZoologicalySociety22 222 at ae ee ee eee 300. 00 Smithsomlanvinstitutionsk 22 ss 0 Fee es SUG eee ee ea 300. 00 eMMVErSityaot. OMT CAS Oe ee ER ER ER ae Se 300. 00 It is believed that more scientists will now be able to come to the island, and it is therefore imperative that more institutions and uni- versities should help support the laboratory through table subscrip- tions. It is gratifying to report that Eastman Kodak Co. increased their subscription to $1,000 a year. Respectfully submitted. JaMeEs ZutuK, Hesident Manager. Dr. ALEXANDER WETMORE, Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 764815—47-——11 APPENDIX 11 REPORT ON THE LIBRARY Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the activities of the Smithsonian library for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947: In this second postwar year of rehabilitation the work of the hbrary was not greatly different in kind or amount from that of the previous year. Books are integral parts of the world of practical affairs as well as of ideas, and their production, distribution, and use, as well as their conception, follow the changing times. With the coming of peace there began a rise, not as yet very sharp, inthe number of new books and serials important for the library to acquire. Prices rose and are still rising. The purchasing power of the inelastic allotment of book funds has correspondingly decreased. Paper shortages continued to limit the size of editions, and not a few new books went so quickly out of print as to make it difficult to get those for which prepublication orders had not been placed. Many fine and desirable works came into the old book market but prices were too high and funds too small to make it possible to buy more than a few of those most immediately important to the work of the Institution. Among the more noteworthy of the 1,693 purchased books were the following: Description Méthodique du Musée Céramique de la Manu- facture Royale de Sévres, by Alexandre Brongiart and others, 1845; Mammals of Amazonia, by Eladio da Cruz Lima, volume 1, 1945; A Monograph of Oriental Cicadidae, by William Lucas Deane 9 volumes, 1889-92; Histoire de la Locomotion Terrestre, les Chemins de Fer, by Charles Dollfuss and Edgar de Geoffroy, 2 volumes, 1935; Illustrationes Florae in Insularum Maris Pacifici, by Emmanual Drake del Castillo, 6 portfolios, 1886-92; The Royal Commentaries of Peru, written originally in Spanish by Garcilaso de la Vega, el Inca, and rendered into English by Sir Paul Rycaut, 1688; Histoire et Technique de la Montre Suisse de ses Origines 4 Nos Jours, 1945; The Etched Work of Whistler, Illustrated by ce producagnen in Gallosae of the Different States of the Plates, compiled, arranged, and described by Edward G. Kennedy, 1 volume of text and 3 portfolios of plates, 1910; The Artists of America, a Series of Biographical Sketches of American Artists, with Portraits and Designs on Steel, by C. Ed- wards Lester, 1846; The New World; the First Pictures of America, made by John White and Jacques Le Moyne and engraved by Theodore 152 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 153 De Bry, with Contemporary Narratives * * * edited and an- notated by Stefan Lorant, 1946; Thomas Nast, his Period and his Pictures, by Albert Bigelow Paine, 1904; Denmarks Fugle, by E. Lehn Schigler, 3 volumes, 1925-31; De Vogels van Nederlandsch Indié, by H. Schlegel, 3 parts in portfolio, 1863-66 ; The Voyage of Gregory Shelek- hof, a Russian Merchant, from Okhotzk, on the Eastern Ocean, to the Coast of America, in the Years 1783, 1784, 1785, 1786, 1787, and his Return to Russia, from his own Journal, 1795; Fregatten Eugenies Resa, 1851-1853, under Befal af C. A. Virgin, by C. J. A. Skogman, 2 volumes in 1, 1854-55. Gifts of the year came from 230 different donors and included some of the most useful additions to the lbrary. Reprints and separates on special subjects from scientific and technical serials are indispensable working tools of the different divisions of the Institu- tion, and the gifts of Dr. Ray S. Bassler and of A. B. Gahan of their personal collections of some 1,560 pamphlets each, on geology and on Hymenoptera, respectively, were most appreciated additions to the sectional libraries of geology and of insects. Paul Garber’s gift of 147 books and pamphlets on aeronautics greatly strengthened the l- brary’s working collection of material in that field. As usual, the pub- lications generously turned over by the American Association for the Advancement of Science and by the American Association of Museums supplied considerable material not received from other sources, and furnished numbers of useful duplicates as well. The library is deeply indebted to all its friends at home and abroad who have so kindly made contributions to its collections. The total number of publications recorded by the accessions di- vision for the year was 62,137. Of these, 14,607 came through the International Exchange Service, almost three times as many as in the year before. With the gradual return to more nearly normal condi- tions it is gratifying to find in how many cases the continuity of sets of foreign serials published abroad during the war will not be broken in the library because of the care with which they were reserved, stored, and later shipped by the institutions with which we were in regular exchange before the war. This encouraging aspect of the post- war situation, however, does not mean that there are not, unavoidably, a distressing number of series that ceased publication altogether dur- ing the war, some of them probably never to be resumed. The filling of gaps in serial sets, foreign and domestic, current and old, requires eternal vigilance, and most of the 6,812 pieces received in response to our 589 requests were numbers of periodicals needed to fill such gaps, and were obtained chiefly in exchange. New exchanges arranged were 290. 154 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Of the current accessions, 7,265 were cataloged or entered as addi- tions to the Smithsonian Deposit in the Library of Congress, and most of these were additions to the great Deposit sets of publications of scientific institutions and learned societies, so important to research. Some of them were continuations of series that formed part of the original Smithsonian Deposit in 1866. In addition, all documents, dissertations, and other publications on subjects not found to be of immediate interest to the Institution were sent directly upon receipt to the Library of Congress, and they numbered 13,422. Most but not all of the 10,749 publications transferred to the Depart- ment of Agriculture, the Army Medical Library, the Geological Sur- vey, and other libraries of the Government, had been received during the year. Our large collection of duplicates continued to be drawn upon in aid of destroyed libraries abroad, and 31,781 pieces were turned over to the American Book Center for this purpose. The cataloging of currently received material was well kept up on the whole in spite of the handicaps of inadequate staffing of this vitally important part of the library’s work. There is always the problem of the huge “backlog” of poorly or completely uncataloged older material, which is not only serious in itself but which inevitably slows up some of the work of cataloging new material which is related to it. The bad housing of the library continues to be the most obvious and distressing of its problems. The progressive deterioration of its fine collections caused by overcrowding and lack of funds for binding is deplorable, while the inadequacies of its reading and reference rooms, the scattered and inconvenient locations of its shelves and stack rooms, and the absence of proper work rooms for the staff, all make its service to the Institution increasingly difficult. SUMMARIZED STATISTICS Accessions eee recorde Volumes volumes June 30, 1947 Astrophysical Observatory (including Radiation and Crganisms)__________--_- 323 12, 243 Bureau offAmeni cam ab Gh ol opsys a eae Sa ee LR Paes 148 34, 462 Breer: Galleryiof Artie see a I EN ROE eS ee 430 22, 127 Nation alg@ollectionsoteMimepAtr ts matte enoe a asco eet line eee gp ee ee UR eee 405 10, 974 Nationa le MiiSetiin 22802 Rae On REO. Sa iee RMR De Bb REPOS ROMA Rit Re Pa ae 2, 851 239, 167 INationalyZooloei calluPar ais Se SYN Sates Dee eat Eee ue poe 24 4,166 Smithsonian Deposit at the Library of Congress__-.-..._---------------------- 1, 248 578, 673 Smithsonian © free eee ee ae Baas Na ON ROU ROUGE aa CIs 220 32, 185 Hs Yo) 2) Rapa eeaeanines re Man SEL Orc E DE Tyree Mp eieay PEN Es RCN EE UNC Oe ANS SON dS 5, 644 933, 997 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 155 Neither incomplete volumes of periodicals nor separates and reprints are included in these figures. Hachanges News exchanges jarrangeds is 22 eet a a ee es 290 91 of these were assigned to the Smithsonian Deposit in the Library of of Congress. Specially requested publications received______--____-________-________ 6, 812 1,056 of these were obtained to fill gaps in the Smithsonian Deposit sets. Cataloging Volumes and pamphlets cataloged_____1_-----__-__-___--___-______--_ 6, 614 Cards added to catalogs and shelf lists___-___-_--__-_________-__________ 35, 763 Periodicals BerIOGl Cale parts Cn CCl eds ee ec es ee eS ee ee 16, 481 Of these, 4,709 were sent to the Smithsonian Deposit. Circulation BOAnNSEOr DOOKS; ANG PCTiOdiCa ls ee eee ee ee ee 9, 534 This figure does not include the intramural circulation of books and periodicals filed in 31 sectional libraries, of which no count is kept. Binding Volumes) sent to the bindery 2004 1 Mitte TOs ES is 616 Volumes*repaired jin-the; Museum 22! fuc-24 ot 1s ee DD aE 1, 057 Respectfully submitted. Leta F, Ciarg, Librarian. Dr. ALexaNDER WeTMorE, 7 Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 764815—47—_—_12 APPENDIX 12 REPORT ON PUBLICATIONS Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the publi- cations of the Smithsonian Institution and its branches during the year ended June 30, 1947. The Institution published during the year 26 papers in the Smith- sonian Miscellaneous Collections, 1 Annual Report of the Board of Re- gents and pamphlet copies of 22 articles in the report appendix, 1 An- nual Report of the Secretary, and 3 special publications. The United States National Museum issued 1 Annual Report, 8 Pro- ceedings papers, 3 Bulletins, and 2 separate papers in the bulletin se- ries, Contributions from the United States National Herbarium. The Bureau of American Ethnology issued 1 Annual Report and 1 Publication of the Institute of Social Anthropology. - The Freer Gallery issued 1 pamphlet, 1 paper in its Oriental Studies series, and 1 paper in its Occasional Papers series. Of the publications there were distributed 158,129 copies, which in- cluded 35 volumes and separates of Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, 50,353 volumes and separates of Smithsonian Miscellane- ous Collections, 20,880 volumes and separates of Smithsonian Annual Reports, 9,008 War Background Studies, 23,235 Smithsonian special publications, 22 reports on the Harriman Alaska Expedition, 34,952 volumes and separates of National Museum publications, 7,948 publi- cations of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 257 publications of the Institute of Social Anthropology, 5 catalogs of the National Collec- tion of Fine Arts, 2,561 volumes and pamphlets of the Freer Gallery of Art, 20 Annals of the Astrophysical Observatory, 374 reports of the American Historical Association, and 8,479 miscellaneous publi- cations not printed by the rae Shee een Tncciintion coy Survival Manuals). SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS In this series there were issued 1 paper and title page and table of contents in volume 104, whole volume 105, 18 papers and title page and table of contents in volume 106, and 6 papers in volume 107, as follows: 156 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 157 VOLUME 104 No. 23 (end of volume). The Cedartown, Georgia, meteorite, by Stuart H. Perry. 3 pp., 4 pls. (Publ. 3844.) Aug. 1, 1946. Title page and table of contents. (Publ. 3891.) Feb. 11, 1947. VOLUME 105 World Weather Records, 1931-1940, by H. Helm Clayton and Frances L. Clayton. x+646 pp. (Publ. 3803.) Apr. 4,.1947. VOLUME 106 No. 1. The birds of San José and Pedro Gonzflez Islands, Republic of Panama, by Alexander Wetmore. 60 pp.,4 pls. (Publ. 3845.) Aug. 5, 1936. No. 2. The vegetation of San José Island, Republic of Panama, by C. O. Erlanson. 12 pp.,2pls.,1 fig. (Publ. 3846.) July 18, 1946. No. 5. Echinoderms from the Pearl Islands, Bay of Panama, with a revision of the genus Encope, by Austin H. Clark. 11 pp.,4 pls. (Publ. 3849.) July 18, 1946. No. 6. The nonmarine mollusks of San José Island, with notes on those of Pedro Gonzdlez Island, Pearl Islands, Panama, by J. P. H. Morrison. 49 pp., 3 pls. (Publ. 3850.) Sept. 12, 1946. No. 7. Mammals of San José Island, Bay of Panama, by Remington Kellogg. 4pp. (Publ. 3851.) July 18, 1946. , No. 8. Turtles collected by the Smithsonian Biological Survey of the Panama Canal Zone, by Karl Patterson Schmidt. 9pp.,1 pl. (Publ. 3852.) Aug. 1, 1946. No. 9. The species of Platycopia Sars (Copepoda, Calanoida), by Mildred Stratton Wilson. 16 pp., 2 figs. (Publ. 3853.) Aug. 238, 1946. No. 10. A reexamination of the fossil human skeletal remains from Melbourne, Florida, by T. D. Stewart. 28 pp., 8 pls., 7 figs. (Publ. 3854.) Aug. 9, 1946. No. 13. A new carnivorous dinosaur from the Lance formation of Montana, by Charles W. Gilmore. 19 pp.,4 pls. (Publ. 3857.) Sept. 12, 1946. No. 14. A new dussumieriid fish of the genus Jenkinsia from Bermuda, by Luis Rene Rivas. 4pp.,1pl.,1 fig. (Publ. 3859.) Nov. 22, 1946. No. 15. Ladybeetles of the genus Hpilachna (sens. lat.) in Asia, Europe, and Australia, by H. Dieke. 183 pp., 27 pls. (Publ. 3860.) Jan. 20, 1947. No. 16. New birds from Colombia, by Alexander Wetmore. 14 pp. (Publ. 3862.) Dec. 30, 1946. No. 17. Some new Cambrian bellerophont gastropods, by J. Brookes Knight. li pp.,2pls. (Publ. 3865.) Jan. 3, 1947. No. 18. On the evolutionary significance of the Pycnogonida, by Joel W. Hedg- peth. 53 pp.,1 pl. 16 figs. (Publ. 3866.) Mar. 24, 1947, No. 19. The lamina terminalis and preoptic recess of Amphibia, by Albert K. Reese. 9pp.,4pls. (Publ. 3867.) Jan. 27, 1947. No. 20. A monograph of the West Atlantic mollusks of the family Aclididae, by Paul Bartsch. 29 pp.,6pls. (Publ. 3868.) Feb. 24, 1947. No. 21. Developmental physiology of the grass seedling. II. Inhibition of meso- cotyl elongation in various grasses by red and by violet light, by Robert L. Wein- traub and Leonard Price. 15 pp., 5 figs. (Publ. 3869.) May 8, 1947. No. 22. Solar cycles, by H. H. Clayton. 18 pp., 9 figs. (Publ. 3870.) Mar. 5. 1947. Title page and table of contents. (Publ. 3899.) June 11, 1947. 158 | ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 VOLUME 107 No. 1. The Ethnogeographic Board, by Wendell Clark Bennett. 135 pp., 2 figs. (Publ. 3889.) Apr. 14, 1947. No. 2. The thoracic muscles of the cockroach Periplaneta americana (L.), by C. 8. Carbonell. 23pp.,8 pls. (Publ.3890.) May 8, 1947. No. 3. 1946-1947 report on the 27.0074-day cycle in Washington precipitation, by C.G. Abbot. 2pp. (Publ. 3892.) Mar. 17, 1947. No. 4. The sun’s short regular variation and its large effect on terrestrial tem- peratures, by C.G. Abbot. 33 pp.,12 figs. (Publ. 3893.) Apr. 4, 1947. No. 5. The dates and editions of Curtis’ British Entomology, by Richard E. Blackwelder. 27 pp.,4pls.,15 figs. (Publ. 3894.) June 12, 1947. No. 6. Prehistory and the Missouri Valley development program: Summary report on the Missouri River Basin archeological survey in 1946, by Waldo R. Wedel. 17pp.,2pls.,1 fig. (Publ.3895.) Apr. 23, 1947. SMITHSONIAN ANNUAL REPORT Report for 1946—The complete volume of the Annual Report of the Board of Regents for 1945 was received from the Public Printer December 4, 1946: Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution showing the operations, expenditures, and condition of the Institution for the year ended June 30, 1945. iv+484 pp., 80pls., 28 figs. (Publ. 3817.) The general appendix contained the following papers (Publs. 3818- 3839) : Our revolving “island universe” and its spiraling counterparts, by William T. Skilling. Medical uses of the cyclotron, by F. G. Spear. Drinking water from sea water, by W. V. Consolazio, N. Pace, and A. C. Ivy. Plastics and metals—competitors or collaborators? by G. K. Scribner. The mineral position of the United States and the outlook for the future, by Elmer W. Pehrson. Japanese earthquakes, by N. H. Heck. Conquest of the Northwest Passage by R. C. M. P. schooner St. Roch, by J. Lewis Robinson. The New England hurricane of September 1944, by Charles F. Brooks and Conrad Chapman. > Conserving endangered wildlife species, by Hartley H. T. Jackson. Living with the boll weevil for fifty years, by U. C. Loftin. The indispensable honeybee, by James I. Hambleton. The importance of plants, by William J. Robbins. Fungi and modern affairs, by J. Ramsbottom. The introduction of abaca (Manila hemp) into the Western Hemisphere, by H. T. Edwards. Growing rubber in California, by E. L. Perry. Thinking about race, by S. L. Washburn. A unique prehistoric irrigation project, by Henry C. Shetrone. Concepts of the sun among American Indians, by M. W. Stirling. Human problems in military aviation, by Detlev W. Bronk. Blood and blood derivatives, by Edwin J. Cohn. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 159 The microbiotics, by John N. McDonnell. A brief summary of the Smithsonian Institution’s part in World War II. Report for 1946—The Report of the Secretary, which included the financial report of the executive committee of the Board of Regents, and which will form part of the Annual Report of the Board of Regents to Congress, was issued January 7, 1947: Report of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution and financial report of the executive committe of the Board of Regents for the year ended June 30, 1946. ix+134 pp.,2 pls. (Publ. 3864.) 1947. ; The Report volume for 1946, containing the general appendix, was in press at the close of the year. SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS The first hundred years of the Smithsonian Institution, 1846-1946, by Webster P. True. viii+64 pp., 41 pls. (Publ. C.) Aug. 10, 1946. The Smithsonian Institution edition of etchings and drypoints by Charles W. Dahlgreen. Catalogue. 19 pp., 71 illustrations. 1946. Classified list of Smithsonian publications available for distribution Decem- ber 1, 1946, compiled by Helen Munroe. 53 pp. (Publ. 3858.) 1946. PUBLICATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM The editorial work of the National Museum has continued during the year under the immediate direction of the editor, Paul H. Oehser. There were issued 1 Annual Report, 8 Proceedings papers, 3 Bulletins, and 2 separate papers in the bulletin series, Contributions from the United States National Herbarium. REPORTS Report on the progress and condition of the United States National Museum for the year ended June 30, 1946. iii+113 pp. Jan. 14, 1947. PROCEEDINGS : VOLUME 95 Title page, table of contents, list of illustrations, and index. Pp. i-viii, 615-647. Mar. 24, 1947. VOLUME 96 No. 3200. Hight new species of chalcid-flies of the genus Pseudaphycus Clausen, with a key to the species, by A. B. Gahan. Pp. 311-327. Nov. 22, 1946. No. 3201. New cerambycid beetles belonging to the tribe Disteniini from Cen- tral and South America, by W. S. Fisher. Pp. 329-333. Nov. 26, 1946. No. 3202. Machaeroides eothen Matthew, the sawtooth creodont of the Bridger Eocene, by C. Lewis Gazin. Pp. 335-347, pls. 45-46. Dec. 16, 1946. No. 3203. Review of some chalcidoid genera related to Cerocephala Westwood, by A.B. Gahan. Pp. 349-876, pls. 47, 48. Dee. 31, 1946. No 3204. A revision of the genera of mullets, fishes of the family Mugilidae, with descriptions of three new genera, by Leonard P. Schultz. Pp. 377-395, figs. 28-32. Dec. 5, 1946. No. 3205. The phorid flies of Guam, by G. E. Bohart. Pp. 397-416, figs. 33-48. Feb. 17, 1947. 160 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 VOLUME 97 No. 3209. New cerambycid beetles belonging to the tribe Rhinotragini, by W.S. Fisher. Pp. 47-57. June 6, 1947. BULLETINS No. 50, part 10. Birds of North and Middle America. Families Cracidae, Tetraonidae, Phasianidae, Numididae, Meleagrididae, by Robert Ridgway and Herbert Friedmann. Pp. i-xii, 1-484, figs. 1-28. Dec. 18, 1946. No. 191. Life histories of North American jays, crows, and titmice, by Arthur Cleveland Bent. Pp. i-xi, 1495, pls. 1-68. Jan. 27, 1947. No. 192. The operculate land mollusks of the family Annulariidae of the island of Hispaniola and the Bahama Archipelago, by Paul Bartsch. Pp. 1-264, pls. 1-88. Oct. 3, 1946. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL HERBARIUM VOLUME 29 Part 38. The American species of Hymenophyllum, section Sphaerocionium, by C. V. Morton. Pp. i-viii, 139-201. Apr. 16, 1947. VOLUME 30 Part. 1. A botanical bibliography of the islands of the Pacific, by Elmer D. Merrill. Pp. 1-322. A subject index to Elmer D. Merrill’s “A Botanical Bibli- ography of the Islands of the Pacific,’ by Egbert H. Walker. Pp. 323-404. Feb. 25, 1947. F PUBLICATIONS OF THE BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY The editorial work of the Bureau has continued under the immedi- ate direction of the editor, M. Helen Palmer. During the year the following publications were issued: Sixty-third Annual Report of the Bureau of American Bthnology, 1945-1946. 12 pp. Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 3. Moche, a Peruvian coastal com- munity, by John Gillin. 166 pp., 26 pls., 8 figs., 1 map. FREER GALLERY OF ART The Freer Gallery of Art issued three publications, as follows: The Freer Gallery of Art. 16 pp., 7 pls., 3 figs. January 1947. A descriptive and illustrative catalog of Chinese bronzes acquired during the administration of John Ellerton Lodge, compiled by the staff of the Freer Gallery of Art. Oriental Studies, No.3, 108 pp., frontispiece and 50 pls., 47 figs., 2 maps. (Publ. 3805.) 1946. The Grand Empress Dowager Wén Ming and the Northern Wei Necropolis at Fang Shan, by A. G. Wenley. Occasional Papers, vol. 1, No. 1, 28 pp., 7 pls., 3 figs. (Publ. 3861.) Feb. 1, 1947. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 161 REPORT OF THE AMERICAN HISTORICAL ASSOCIATION The annual reports of the American Historical Association are transmitted by the association to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution and are communicated by him to Congress, as provided by the act of incorporation of the Association. The following report volume was issued this year. é Annual Report of the American Historical Association for 1945. Vol. 1, Pro- ceedings and list of members. 1947. The following were in press at the close of the fiscal year: Annual Report of the American Historical Association for 1945. Vol. 2, Spain in the Mississippi Valley, 1765-1794, pt. 1, The Revolutionary period, 1765-1781; vol. 8, Spain in the Mississippi Valley, 1765-1794, pt. 2, Postwar decade, 1782-1791; vol. 4, Spain in the Mississippi Val- _ ley, 1765-1794, pt. 8, Problems of frontier defense, 1792-1794. REPORT OF THE NATIONAL SOCIETY, DAUGHTERS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION The manuscript of the Forty-ninth Annual. Report of the Naticnal Society, Daughters of the American Revolution, was transmitted to Congress, in accordance with law, October 30, 1946. APPROPRIATION FOR PRINTING AND BINDING The congressional appropriation for printing and binding for the past year was entirely obligated at the close of the year. The appro- priation for the coming fiscal year ending June 30, 1948, totals $100,000, allotted as follows: General administration (Annual Report of the Board of Re- gents; Annual Report of the Secretary) --__________________ $18, 500 National Museu Sore eared ea ee 41, 000 Bureau of American Ethnology_________________-______--____- 15, 500 NUCL OMA TEGAN Te SIVEUS Vanya ee aE £50 Editorial Division (Annual Report of the American Historical Association ; blank forms) ~-___--________--______-_--_=+---- 18, 500 Reserve (preferably for binding) ___________-__________-_2_____ 10, 550 100, 000 Respectfully submitted. W. P. Troe, Chief, Editorial Division. Dr. A. WETMORE, Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE SMITH- SONIAN INSTITUTION FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1947 To the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution: Your executive committee respectfully submits the following report in relation to the funds of the Smithsonian Institution, together with a statement of the appropriations by Congress for the Government bureaus in the administrative charge of the Institution. SMITHSONIAN ENDOWMENT FUND The original bequest of James Smithson was £104,960 8s. 6d.— $508,318.46. Refunds of money expended in prosecution of the claim, freights, insurance, etc., together with payment into the fund of the sum of £5,015, which had been withheld during the lifetime of Madame de laBatut, brought the fund to the amount of $550,000. Since the original bequest, the Institution has received gifts from various sources, the income from which may be used for the general work of the Institution. These, including the original bequest, plus savings, are listed below, together with the income for the present year. ENDOWMENT FUNDS (Income for unrestricted use of the Institution) Partly deposited in United States Treasury at 6 percent and partly invested in stocks, bonds, ete. Income pres- Investment ent year Parent fund (original Smithson bequest, plus accumulated savings) __._-__-_ $728, 876. 85 $43, 705. 93 Subsequent bequests, gifts, etc., partly deposited in the U. S. Treasury and partly invested in the consolidated fund: Avery, Robert S. and Lydia, bequest fund___.____._...____---_-___---_-- 54, 019. 08 2, 409. 11 Endowmoentifin des oe eee SO SNA SS ae Daeg eee 315, 080. 70 12, 120. 32 Habel DraSsybequests fem diye oS ae AE ca Neos tae 500. 00 30. 00 Hachenberg, George P. and Caroline, bequest fund___.___-._.-_-_--__-_- 4, 074. 69 156. 60 Hamilton, James, bequest fund___._______..-___-___---_------ eee 2, 908. 99 165. 71 Henry, Caroline, bequest fund_________-_____-___.-.--------_-_--_-__------- 1, 225. 34 47.07 Hodgkins, Thomas G. (general), gift__._.___.-_.--_._-_-___-__-_.-_---__.- 146, 377. 67 8, 127. 52 Porter, Henry Kirke, memorial fund___________--__-_-_____-_--_-_------- 290, 162. 47 10, 860. 78 Rhees, William Jones, bequest fund________-_._---_---___-_---_-_-_----- 1, 069. 31 53. 79 Sanford; Georce Be memorialiund 2. a a ee 2, 001. 92 100. 63 Witherspoon, Thomas A., memorial fund______.---___--__-_---_-_----_-- 130, 748. 49 5, 025. 26 Special fund, stock in reorganized closed banks_______-.-.--------------- 2, 280. 00 144. 00 Ly MX 0Y 2) AS aden a ee Ws Ya OU lhe CB ra gS ON ime ie gE iu Ss 3 Se 950, 448. 66 39, 240. 79 CG pipe aX 0 boy ato Lai ss Ser SU ac a i ER A Ae GSS IRN i ce Rea NN 1, 679, 325. 51 82, 946. 72 162 REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 163 The Institution holds also a number of endowment gifts, the income of each being restricted to specific use. These, plus accretions to date, are listed below, together with income for the present year. Income, Investment | present year Abbott, William L., fund for investigations in biology_______.-____-___--_--- $108, 401.17 $4, 202. 60 ‘Arthur, James, fund for investigations and study of L the sun and lecture on SSERYIU Cpe ae ae shi aia Lea rahe eo ae ot ss pa 2 TTA io ae SE Ee ok 40, 519. 67 1, 557. 36 Bacon, Virginia Purdy, fund, for traveling scholarship to investigate fauna of countries other than the United States_____.-..-..-----.-----.---------- 50, 760. 18 1, 950. 95 Baird, Lucy H., fund for creating a memorial to Secretary Baird _____-_____- 24, 393. 69 937. 56 Barstow, Frederick D., fund, for purchase of animals for Zoological Park____ 1, 012. 92 38. 94 Canfield Collection fund for increase and care of the Canfield collection of TATA PADIS eee ig ey cee CO eames EL Beate Pe OE A 38, 750. 42 1, 489. 35 Casey, Thomas L., fund, for maintenance of the Casey collection, and pro- motion of researches relating tonColeopteraes ne 2 2 Hae oe eae ree 9, 292. 84 357.15 Chamberlain, Francis Lea, fund, for increase and promotion of Isaac Lea collection of gems and SEaGv TTS co IN cP KR Bere eee 28, 531.11 1, 096. 58 Eickemeyer, Florence Brevoort, fund, for preservation and exhibition of the photographic collection of Rudolph Eickemeyer, Jr_..-...__---_____.-----_- 513. 98 19.73 Hillyer, Virgil, fund, for increase and care of Virgil Hillyer collection of light- AYER CO) SNS HSI ST ee eee mee eee bee 6, 658. 71 255. 91 Hitchcock, Dr. Albert S., library fund, for care of Hitchcock Agrostological TE ROTATE Peseta sere eg eee eel ce peg ata aaa Rapegea aa Pee 1, 598. 68 61. 43 Hodgkins fund, specific, for increase and diffusion of more exact knowledge in regard to nature and properties of atmospheric air__.___...___-__________ 100, 000. 00 6, 000. 00 Hrdliéka, Ale§ and Marie, fund, to further researches in physical anthro- pology and publication in connection therewithine 22 he age 18, 633. 01 716. 12 PETROL KASD OCI Ae eee ae Ne a 12, 500. 00 Hughes, Bruce, fund, to found Hughes alcove_____________-_-_____-___------ 19, 393. 22 745. 34 Long, Annette and Edith C., fund, for upkeep and preservation of Long collection of embroideries, laces, FATe Rr ere pee dt EN eens C1 ORE aN GO 8 550. 14 21.12 Maxwell, Mary E., fund, for care, etc., of Maxwell Collection _______..._-___- 9, 988. 40 95.98 Myer, Catherine Walden, fund, for purchase of first-class works of art for the use and benefit of the National Collection of Fine Arts...._.._____---___- 19, 205. 20 738. 12 Strong, Julia D., bequest fund, for benefit of National Collection of Fine Arts_ 10, 130. 05 389. 32 Pell, Cornelia Livingston, fund, for maintenance of Alfred Duane Pell (Eye EE LS Ea a pi a a a eR RR CN ae 7, 510. 01 288. 62 Poore, Lucy T. and George W., fund, for general use of the Institution when principal amounts to $250,000. i eg 8 8 spe gla nT RU CSA las Pa er Rae ISN 105, 985. 13 4, 648. 64 Rathbun, Richard, memorial fund, for use of division of U. S. National Museum containing Crustacea_-_______._.__-___----2-- eee 10, 775. 93 414.16 Reid, peace T., fund, for founding chair in biology in memory {of Asher UNDA D IS a a a Na SR Teper es Ht era 30, 244. 04 1, 451. 68 Roebling Collection fund, for care, improvement, and increase of Roebling COUECHOMKO Primera Se ao SNE ile Ne RRR OE Seed Die a Se ieee ie eS Me 122, 276. 63 4, 699. 63 Rollins, Miriam and William, fund, for investigations in physics and chem- 1S CTs ye cc cen nt ae Ae Ns oc RCE NO URE EEA ER OR AU WE OB ene 95, 136. 99 3, 657. 02 Smithsonian employees’ retirement fund_________.___._.____..--_----_--_--_- 80, 277. 80 3, 085. 45 Springer, Frank, fund, for care, etc., of Springer collection and library_______ 18, 168. 84 698. 28 Walcott, Charles D. and Mary Vaux, research fund, for development of geological and paleontological studies and publishing results thereof_____- 430, 819. 07 15, 891. 98 Younger, Helen Walcott, fund, held in trust______._._____...2---2 2-2 _ ee 50, 125. 12 2, 684. 58 Zerbee, Frances Brincklé, fund, for endowment of aquaria_-.._.__-.-.-_.-__- 961. 02 36. 94 STO bellied AAR AE SE TT AERA AEA Sat 8 ee REA Ne Os 1, 453, 113. 97 58, 230. 54 The above funds amount to a total of $3,132,439.48 and are carried in the following investment accounts of the Institution: U.S. Treasury deposit account, drawing 6 percent interest____-___ $1, 000, 000. 00 Consolidated investment fund (income in table below) ___-________ 1, 859, 686. 86 Realiestates mortgages: etes ssi 208, 771. 73 Special funds, miscellaneous investments_______________________ 52, 234. 83 AT TMTNVES ES CH Cen oT Cea a ei eid 11, 746. 06 BERD (mE esr hk tN ee re ah ang nese 3, 132, 439. 48 164 | ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 CONSOLIDATED FUND This fund contains substantially all the investments of the Institu- tion, with the exception of those of the Freer Gallery of Art; the deposit of $1,000,000 in the United States Treasury, with guaranteed income of 6 percent; and investments in real estate and real-estate mortgages. This fund contains endowments for both unrestricted and specific use. A statement of principal and income of this fund for the last 10 years follows: Per- Per- Fiscal year Principal Income | cent- Fiscal year Principal Income | cent- age age BUC a ese ey Se $867, 528. 50 |$34, 679. 64 4500 })-1943_ 2. 22222222252 $1, 316, 533. 49 |$50, 524. 22 3.83 NOS Q we Se EES 902, 801.27 | 30, 710. 53 3.40 || 1944. _____.-_--- 1,372, 516. 41 | 50, 783.79 3. 69 NOAQH 2 eh es ae 1, 081, 249.25 | 38, 673. 29 BEATA SLO Gree ae ee ee 1, 454, 957.73 | 50, 046. 67 3. 50 LOE See 1, 098, 301. 51 | 41, 167. 38 B.70Ov lll Rel GAG rae he SIE SN 1, 559, 215. 25 | 57, 612. 38 3. 69 TOG 20 See eS 1, 270, 968. 45 | 46, 701. 98 Os Ode | RLOS (enka sense eee 1, 871, 432.92 | 74, 836. 55 4.00 CONSOLIDATED FUND Gain in investments over year 1946 Investments made from gifts and savings on income__ $314, 400. 71 Less loss on sales of securities_____________________ Eis 2, 183. 04 Potala nt AAA yssth RR Ne eke NT 208 eee —- 3812, 217. 67 FREER GALLERY OF ART FUND Early in 1906, by deed of gift, Charles L. Freer, of Detroit, gave to the Institution his collection of Chinese and other Oriental objects of art, aS well as paintings, etchings, and other works of art by Whistler, Thayer, Dewing, and other artists. Later he also gave funds for the construction of a building to house the collection, and finally in his will, probated November 6, 1919, he provided stock and securities to the estimated value of $1,958,591.42, as an endowment fund for the operation of the Gallery. The above fund of Mr. Freer was almost entirely represented by 20,465 shares of stock in Parke, Davis & Co. As this stock advanced in value, much of it was sold and the proceeds reinvested so that the fund now amounts to $6,069,845.32 in a selected list of securities classified later. j The invested funds of the Freer bequest are under the following headings: Court and grounds fund______________ cA RSL Ecce $679, 970. 31 Court and grounds maintenance fund________________ 170, 756. 06 Curator fund____________ Petia iuala BUI uA iin, USAR 691, 983. 14 Residuary legacy fund________________________ ____ 4, 527, 135. 81 pL 2 Ue Sn Se eM EN Ue a aS 6, 069, 845. 32 REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 165 Statement of principal and income for the last 10 years j ei Percent- Fiscal year Principal Income . age TTY i TERN eNO OP TRU 0 ee el I OD Ue $4, 820,777.31 | $255, 651. 61 5.30 OSGI EN NCR NS EEL TL 0Y SRR ce LOG 5, 075,976.76 | 212, 751.78 4.19 LOA (MRE ak BEE ue Biles! eaves SET DS UR ae URNA ED 6, 112, 953.46 | 242, 573.92 3.96 FI es oe oe as a ea Tce yg gna pa earl an a 6, 030, 586.91 | 233, 079. 22 3.86 FDS LTS aN ae OMI CET Cha cp en pe piaa eee Maas aes 5, 912,878.64 | 241, 557.77 4.08 45 MONI TA ME) Taian BUGS DOIVENT 5, 836, 772.01 | 216, 125.07 3.70 iTV A LT I 2 TP CIT a Pe ee OR EN RSL EO 5,881, 402.17] 212,305. 27 3.61 GA NE SMR REO RReoN DUR UGS Ch MUN NUR SR Uae oad 5, 864,061.73 | 212, 552.69 3.62 OG oe ST RIT ID ETD erp agit da apa US YT 5, 994, 394.31 | 220,818.86 3, 68 NOE ese a AE AE 5 AR A ad a a Yue VOU EAE eee 6, 069, 845.32} 242,471.02 4.00 FREER FUND Gain during present year from sale, call of securities, ete_________ $75, 451. O1 SUMMARY OF ENDOWMENTS Invested endowment for general purposes_________________--___ $1, 453, 118. 97 Invested endowment for specific purposes other than Freer endow- STONER RS Ey IY NE Oe HE ol Se MMe can eat es de OM Virgin ne eat ae Ys Pev es ay 1, 679, 825. 51 Total invested endowment other than Freer endowment____ 3, 132, 489. 48 Freer invested endowment for specific purposes_____________-_- 6, 069, 845. 32 Total invested endowment for all purposes_-_____________- 9, 202, 284. 80 CLASSIFICATION OF INVESTMENTS Deposited in the U. S. Treatury at 6 percent per annum, as - authorized in the U. S. Revised Statutes, sec. 5591_____________ $1, 000, 000. 00 Investments other than Freer endowment (cost or market value at date acquired) : Bonds (20 different groups) __---______________ $706, 418. 10 Stocks (50 different groups) __________________ 1, 276, 348. 59 Real estate and first-mortgage notes__________ 137, 926. 73 Wninvested capital. 222 Sees Bane ea a ae 11, 746. 06 ———_—_——_ 2, 182, 489. 48 Total investments other than Freer endowment____________ 3, 182, 439. 48 Investment of Freer endowment (cost or market value at date acquired) : Bonds (27 different groups) __-_-____________ $2, 783, 575. 97 Stocks (53 different groups) _________________ 3, 240, 824, 22 Real estate first-mortgage notes_____________ 1, 000. 00 Wninvested! capital. en 44, 445.138 6, 069, 845. 32 Total imvestmenten. re SE SR HU SIN 9, 202, 284. 80 166 | ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 CASH BALANCES, RECEIPTS, AND DISBURSEMENTS DURING FISCAL YEAR 19477 Cash balance on hand June 30, 1946__--______-______---____---~- $807, 410. 45 Receipts : Cash income from various sources for general work of the Institution-__________-_--__--___ $98, 761. 91 Cash gifts for general work of the Institution (for investment)i24 2. ee 290, 500. 00 Cash gifts and contributions expendable for spe- cial scientifie objects (not for investment) —--__ 66, 150. 80 Cash income from endowments for specific use other than Freer endowment and from miscel- laneous sources (including refund of tempo- rary. advances) 222238 ee 155, 903. 83 Cash capital from sale, call of securities, ete. (for investment) (5 2222 cies es ee ee ee 212, 294. 20 Total receipts other than Freer endowment__-__----___-_-_ 823, 610. 74 Cash income from Freer endowment__----_~---- 242, 471. 02 Cash capital from sale, call of securities, ete. (for LNW EMC Tat) oe ee Ne ee 952, 838. 45 Total receipts from Freer endowment____-----__--_____-_ 1, 195, 309. 47. TT fea is a | es ip ee fe as 2, 826, 330. 66 Disbursements : ERAS ORE From funds for general work of the Institution : Buildings—care, repairs, and alteration____ $2, 441.18 Furniture and fixtures_________--______--__ 451. 55 General administration____..__-___------__-- 37, 110. 39 Wibrary: 20208 Sete eva es Se ee 3, 133. 88 Publications (comprising preparation, print- ing and distribution) _-_-__-______-_______ 19, 186. 21 Researches and explorations_____-_______--_ 22, 682. 26 —————_—_ 85, 005. 47 From funds for specific use other than Freer en- dowment : Investments made from gifts and from sav- ings on income 2222222282425) fee 312, 217. 67 Other expenditures, consisting largely of re- search work, travel, increase and care of special collections, etc., from income of en- dowment funds, and from cash gifts for specific use (including temporary ad- VIET COG) pe ees ae aie a nee 148, 330. 32 Reinvestment of cash capital from sale, call Of | SCCULITIES)) CLGl Wee ee ae ae 195, 046, 45 Cost of handling securities, fee of investment counsel, and accrued interest on bonds pur- CUDA SOs HF ea Nic als Di SN OC 3, 478. 27 659,072. 71 1This statement does not include Government appropriations under the administrative charge of the Institution. REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 167 Disbursements—Continued. From Freer endowment : Operating expenses of the Gallery, salaries, field expenses, ete___--____--____---__--~- $79, 218. 52 Purchase of art objects__--____--+-----~-- _. 124, 790. 00 Reinvestment of cash capital from sale, call of securities, ete-_____--_---_----_----_- 954, 000. 95 Cost of handling securities, fee of invest- ment counsel, and accrued interest on bonds purchased_-_-----_-_-______----~- 21, 786. 82 . $1, 179, 796. 29 Cash balance June 30, 1947__-___ ---~------~---=----~-~--------- 902, 456. 19 WN egies aces Wee yest ec agile yh eagle a igi, ps A pein Eyre ee 2, 826, 330. 66 Included in the above receipts was cash received as royalties from sales of Smithsonian Scientific Series to the amount of $28,539.80. This was distributed as follows: Smithsonian Institution endowment fund___---___________--______ $12, 608. 21 Smithsonian Institution emergency fund_-_--_---_--_-__-_--_-_-__ 3, 152. 05 Smithsonian Institution unrestricted fund, general__________-______ 9, 456. 16 Sen ET Ss rs ea UP TE a eT A AE A 3, 323. 38 28, 539. 80 Included in the foregoing are expenditures for researches in pure science, publications, explorations, care, increase, and study of collec- tions, etc., as follows: EXxpended from general funds of the Institution: STR C aL OTS pees oi ee a a a ss $19, 186. 21 Researches and explorations_________-____________ 22, 682. 26 $41, 868. 47 Expenditures from funds devoted to specific purposes: Researches and explorations____________-__________ 64, 917. 41 Care, increase, and study of special collections______ 3, 186. 41 UVR CA ET OM Gs e2 S228 Gate cos ay cs RS OS By Bt el oe 10, 996. 61 79, 100. 43 TRO te Pes el iter sarees bee earl eek Bye ne aie ie eet ly) aya 120, 968. 90 The practice of depositing on time in local trust companies and banks such revenues as may be spared temporarily has been continued during the past year, and interest on these deposits has amounted to $642.64. The Institution gratefully acknowledges gifts or bequests from the following: The Viking Fund, Ine., New York City, for Iroquois research. Ernest N. May, for scientific exploration, particularly in the West Indies. John A. Roebling, as a further contribution for research in radiation. 168 | ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947 Mary E. Maxwell, for care, preservation and additions to Maxwell collection of jewelry, ete. Miss Annie-May Hegeman, for Henry Kirke Porter Memorial Fund. All payments are made by check, signed by the Secretary of the Institution on the Treasurer of the United States, and all revenues are deposited to the credit of the same account. In many instances de- posits are placed in bank for convenience of collection and later with- drawn and deposited in the United States Treasury. The foregoing report relates only to the private funds of the In- stitution. The following appropriations were made by Congress for the Gov- ernment bureaus under the administrative charge of the Smithsonian Institution for the fiscal year 1947: Salaries’ and *expensess."2 its tie SN Se ae, ee $1, 632, 912. 00 National Zoologica) Park si ciiis c oe Oe ee ey Oe ed ee 432, 500. 00 In addition, funds were transferred from other Departments of the Government for expenditure under direction of the Smithsonian In- stitution : Cooperation with the American Republics (transfer from State ABBY Ge yy elas Ce TaiE oe eS Yr Ne LTE $139, 589. 00 Working fund, transferred from National Park Service, Interior Department, for archeological investigations in Missouri River OIE Sa SA A I Da a ee ENA Sl Tad se a 71, 500. 00 The report of the audit of the Smithsonian private funds is given below: SEPTEMBER 17, 1947. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE, BOARD OF REGENTS, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. Sirs: Pursuant to agreement we have audited the accounts of the Smithsonian Institution for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947, and certify the balances of cash on hand, including petty cash fund, June 30, 1947, to be $904,356.19. We have verified the records of receipts and disbursements maintained by the Institution and the agreement of the book balances with the bank balances. We have examined all the securities in the custody of the Institution and in the custody of the banks and found them to agree with the book records. We have compared the stated income of such securities with the receipts of record and found them in agreement therewith. We have examined all vouchers covering disbursements for account of the In- stitution during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947, together with the authority therefor, and have compared them with the Institution’s record of expenditures and found them to agree. We have examined and verified the accounts of the Institution with each trust fund. We found the books of account and records well and accurately kept and the securities conveniently filed and securely cared for. REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE - 169 All information requested by your auditors was promptly and courteously furnished. We certify the balance sheet, in our opinion, correctly presents the financial condition of the Institution as at June 30, 1947. WILLIAM L. YAEGER, Certified Public Accountant. Respectfully submitted. VANNEVAR BusH, CLARENCE CANNON, Executive Committee. PLEA STH SONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES wii 3 9088 01296